Add c-format tags to translatable strings with more than one argument-using formattin...
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-sh.c
1 /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1996-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 #include "sysdep.h"
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "bfdlink.h"
25 #include "libbfd.h"
26 #include "elf-bfd.h"
27 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
28 #include "elf/sh.h"
29 #include "dwarf2.h"
30 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
32
33 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
34 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
35 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
36 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
37 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
38 (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
39 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
40 (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
41 #ifndef SH64_ELF
42 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
43 (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
44 #endif
45 static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
46 (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
47 static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
48 (struct bfd_link_info *);
49 static bfd_vma tpoff
50 (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
51
52 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
53 section. */
54
55 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
56
57 /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack. */
58 #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
59
60 #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
61
62 /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
63 not. If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
64 its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker. */
65 #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
66 (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
67 || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
68 \f
69 #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
70 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
71 #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
72 static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
73 {
74 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
75 };
76
77 #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
78 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
79 #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
80 static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
81 {
82 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
83 };
84 \f
85 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */
86
87 static bfd_boolean
88 vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
89 {
90 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
91 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec;
92 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec;
93
94 return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
95 || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec);
96 #else
97 return FALSE;
98 #endif
99 }
100
101 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object. */
102
103 static bfd_boolean
104 fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
105 {
106 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
107 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec;
108 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec;
109
110 return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
111 || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec);
112 #else
113 return FALSE;
114 #endif
115 }
116
117 /* Return the howto table for ABFD. */
118
119 static reloc_howto_type *
120 get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
121 {
122 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
123 return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
124 return sh_elf_howto_table;
125 }
126
127 static bfd_reloc_status_type
128 sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
129 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
130 bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
131 bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
132 {
133 static bfd_vma last_addr;
134 static asection *last_symbol_section;
135 bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
136 int diff, cum_diff;
137 bfd_signed_vma x;
138 int insn;
139
140 /* Sanity check the address. */
141 if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
142 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
143
144 /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
145 although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */
146 if (! last_addr)
147 {
148 last_addr = addr;
149 last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
150 return bfd_reloc_ok;
151 }
152 if (last_addr != addr)
153 abort ();
154 last_addr = 0;
155
156 if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
157 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
158
159 /* Get the symbol_section contents. */
160 if (symbol_section != input_section)
161 {
162 if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
163 contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
164 else
165 {
166 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
167 &contents))
168 {
169 if (contents != NULL)
170 free (contents);
171 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
172 }
173 }
174 }
175 #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
176 start_ptr = contents + start;
177 for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
178 {
179 for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
180 ptr -= 2;
181 ptr += 2;
182 diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
183 cum_diff += diff & 1;
184 cum_diff += diff;
185 }
186 /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
187 so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
188 addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */
189 if (cum_diff >= 0)
190 {
191 start -= 4;
192 end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
193 }
194 else
195 {
196 bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
197
198 while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
199 start0 -= 2;
200 start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
201 start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
202 end = start0;
203 }
204
205 if (contents != NULL
206 && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
207 free (contents);
208
209 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
210
211 x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
212 if (input_section != symbol_section)
213 x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
214 - (input_section->output_section->vma
215 + input_section->output_offset));
216 x >>= 1;
217 if (x < -128 || x > 127)
218 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
219
220 x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
221 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
222
223 return bfd_reloc_ok;
224 }
225
226 /* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF
227 function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */
228
229 static bfd_reloc_status_type
230 sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
231 void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
232 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
233 {
234 unsigned long insn;
235 bfd_vma sym_value;
236 enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
237 bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
238 bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
239
240 r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
241
242 if (output_bfd != NULL)
243 {
244 /* Partial linking--do nothing. */
245 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
246 return bfd_reloc_ok;
247 }
248
249 /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be
250 done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */
251 if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
252 return bfd_reloc_ok;
253
254 if (symbol_in != NULL
255 && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
256 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
257
258 /* PR 17512: file: 9891ca98. */
259 if (addr * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd) + bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_entry->howto)
260 > bfd_get_section_limit_octets (abfd, input_section))
261 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
262
263 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
264 sym_value = 0;
265 else
266 sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
267 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
268 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
269
270 switch (r_type)
271 {
272 case R_SH_DIR32:
273 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
274 insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
275 bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
276 break;
277 case R_SH_IND12W:
278 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
279 sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
280 sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
281 + input_section->output_offset
282 + addr
283 + 4);
284 sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
285 if (insn & 0x800)
286 sym_value -= 0x1000;
287 insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
288 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
289 if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
290 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
291 break;
292 default:
293 abort ();
294 break;
295 }
296
297 return bfd_reloc_ok;
298 }
299
300 /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
301 which the linker should otherwise ignore. */
302
303 static bfd_reloc_status_type
304 sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
305 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
306 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
307 bfd *output_bfd,
308 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
309 {
310 if (output_bfd != NULL)
311 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
312 return bfd_reloc_ok;
313 }
314
315 /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
316
317 struct elf_reloc_map
318 {
319 bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
320 unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
321 };
322
323 /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
324
325 static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
326 {
327 { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
328 { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
329 { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
330 { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
331 { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
332 { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
333 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
334 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
335 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
336 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
337 { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
338 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
339 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
340 { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
341 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
342 { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
343 { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
344 { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
345 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
346 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
347 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
348 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
349 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
350 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
351 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
352 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
353 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
354 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
355 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
356 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
357 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
358 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
359 { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
360 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
361 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
362 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
363 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
364 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
365 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
366 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
367 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
368 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
369 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
370 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
371 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
372 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
373 { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
374 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
375 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
376 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
377 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
378 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
379 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
380 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
381 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
382 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
383 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
384 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
385 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
386 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
387 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
388 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
389 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
390 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
391 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
392 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
393 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
394 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
395 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
396 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
397 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
398 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
399 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
400 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
401 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
402 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
403 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
404 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
405 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
406 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
407 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
408 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
409 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
410 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
411 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
412 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
413 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
414 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
415 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
416 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
417 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
418 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
419 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
420 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
421 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
422 { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
423 { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
424 #endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
425 };
426
427 /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
428 corresponding SH ELF reloc. */
429
430 static reloc_howto_type *
431 sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
432 {
433 unsigned int i;
434
435 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
436 {
437 if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
438 return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
439 }
440
441 return NULL;
442 }
443
444 static reloc_howto_type *
445 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
446 {
447 unsigned int i;
448
449 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
450 {
451 for (i = 0;
452 i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
453 / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
454 i++)
455 if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
456 && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
457 return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
458 }
459 else
460 {
461 for (i = 0;
462 i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
463 / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
464 i++)
465 if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
466 && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
467 return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
468 }
469
470 return NULL;
471 }
472
473 /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */
474
475 static void
476 sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
477 {
478 unsigned int r;
479
480 r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
481
482 if (r >= R_SH_max
483 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
484 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
485 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
486 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
487 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
488 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
489 {
490 /* xgettext:c-format */
491 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: unrecognised SH reloc number: %d"),
492 abfd, r);
493 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
494 r = R_SH_NONE;
495 }
496
497 cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
498 }
499 \f
500 /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding
501 function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME:
502 There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
503 specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
504 into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
505 could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both
506 functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
507 values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
508 they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */
509
510 static bfd_boolean
511 sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
512 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
513 {
514 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
515 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
516 bfd_boolean have_code;
517 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
518 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
519 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
520
521 *again = FALSE;
522
523 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
524 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
525 || sec->reloc_count == 0)
526 return TRUE;
527
528 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
529 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
530 & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
531 {
532 return TRUE;
533 }
534 #endif
535
536 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
537
538 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
539 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
540 link_info->keep_memory));
541 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
542 goto error_return;
543
544 have_code = FALSE;
545
546 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
547 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
548 {
549 bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
550 unsigned short insn;
551 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
552 bfd_signed_vma foff;
553
554 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
555 have_code = TRUE;
556
557 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
558 continue;
559
560 /* Get the section contents. */
561 if (contents == NULL)
562 {
563 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
564 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
565 else
566 {
567 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
568 goto error_return;
569 }
570 }
571
572 /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
573 the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is
574 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
575 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */
576 laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
577 if (laddr >= sec->size)
578 {
579 /* xgettext:c-format */
580 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
581 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
582 continue;
583 }
584 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
585
586 /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
587 do. */
588 if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
589 {
590 _bfd_error_handler
591 /* xgettext:c-format */
592 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
593 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn);
594 continue;
595 }
596
597 /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The
598 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a
599 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
600 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
601 of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned
602 on a four byte boundary. */
603 paddr = insn & 0xff;
604 paddr *= 4;
605 paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
606 if (paddr >= sec->size)
607 {
608 _bfd_error_handler
609 /* xgettext:c-format */
610 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
611 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
612 continue;
613 }
614
615 /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
616 being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is
617 actually being called. */
618 for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
619 if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
620 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
621 break;
622 if (irelfn >= irelend)
623 {
624 _bfd_error_handler
625 /* xgettext:c-format */
626 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
627 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr);
628 continue;
629 }
630
631 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
632 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
633 {
634 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
635 if (isymbuf == NULL)
636 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
637 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
638 NULL, NULL, NULL);
639 if (isymbuf == NULL)
640 goto error_return;
641 }
642
643 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
644 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
645 {
646 /* A local symbol. */
647 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
648
649 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
650 if (isym->st_shndx
651 != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
652 {
653 _bfd_error_handler
654 /* xgettext:c-format */
655 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
656 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr);
657 continue;
658 }
659
660 symval = (isym->st_value
661 + sec->output_section->vma
662 + sec->output_offset);
663 }
664 else
665 {
666 unsigned long indx;
667 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
668
669 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
670 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
671 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
672 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
673 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
674 {
675 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
676 symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
677 regular reloc processing. */
678 continue;
679 }
680
681 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
682 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
683 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
684 }
685
686 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
687 symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
688 else
689 symval += irelfn->r_addend;
690
691 /* See if this function call can be shortened. */
692 foff = (symval
693 - (irel->r_offset
694 + sec->output_section->vma
695 + sec->output_offset
696 + 4));
697 /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
698 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
699 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
700 that. */
701 if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
702 {
703 /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */
704 continue;
705 }
706
707 /* Shorten the function call. */
708
709 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
710 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We
711 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
712 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
713 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
714 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
715 the linker is run. */
716
717 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
718 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
719 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
720
721 /* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
722
723 /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
724 replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
725 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
726 /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
727 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
728 not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need
729 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
730 the value of the symbol is not available. */
731
732 /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
733 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let
734 the final link phase handle it. */
735 if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020)
736 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset);
737 else
738 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
739
740 irel->r_addend = -4;
741
742 /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
743 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However,
744 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
745 have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */
746 irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
747
748 /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
749 register load. */
750 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
751 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
752 && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
753 break;
754 if (irelscan < irelend)
755 {
756 /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
757 and we have not yet converted that function call.
758 Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is
759 nothing else we can do at this point. */
760 continue;
761 }
762
763 /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
764 function address is stored. Do this before deleting any
765 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */
766 for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
767 if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
768 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
769 break;
770
771 /* Delete the register load. */
772 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
773 goto error_return;
774
775 /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
776 other function call to come within range, we should relax
777 again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
778 *again = TRUE;
779
780 /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */
781 if (irelcount >= irelend)
782 {
783 _bfd_error_handler
784 /* xgettext:c-format */
785 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
786 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr);
787 continue;
788 }
789
790 /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've
791 just deleted one. */
792 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
793 {
794 /* xgettext:c-format */
795 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
796 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr);
797 continue;
798 }
799
800 --irelcount->r_addend;
801
802 /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload
803 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
804 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */
805 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
806 {
807 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
808 goto error_return;
809 }
810
811 /* We've done all we can with that function call. */
812 }
813
814 /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
815 byte boundaries. */
816 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
817 && have_code)
818 {
819 bfd_boolean swapped;
820
821 /* Get the section contents. */
822 if (contents == NULL)
823 {
824 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
825 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
826 else
827 {
828 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
829 goto error_return;
830 }
831 }
832
833 if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
834 &swapped))
835 goto error_return;
836
837 if (swapped)
838 {
839 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
840 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
841 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
842 }
843 }
844
845 if (isymbuf != NULL
846 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
847 {
848 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
849 free (isymbuf);
850 else
851 {
852 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
853 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
854 }
855 }
856
857 if (contents != NULL
858 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
859 {
860 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
861 free (contents);
862 else
863 {
864 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
865 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
866 }
867 }
868
869 if (internal_relocs != NULL
870 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
871 free (internal_relocs);
872
873 return TRUE;
874
875 error_return:
876 if (isymbuf != NULL
877 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
878 free (isymbuf);
879 if (contents != NULL
880 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
881 free (contents);
882 if (internal_relocs != NULL
883 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
884 free (internal_relocs);
885
886 return FALSE;
887 }
888
889 /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a
890 lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
891 in coff-sh.c. */
892
893 static bfd_boolean
894 sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
895 int count)
896 {
897 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
898 unsigned int sec_shndx;
899 bfd_byte *contents;
900 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
901 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
902 bfd_vma toaddr;
903 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
904 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
905 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
906 unsigned int symcount;
907 asection *o;
908
909 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
910 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
911
912 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
913
914 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
915
916 /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
917 power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */
918
919 irelalign = NULL;
920 toaddr = sec->size;
921
922 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
923 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
924 for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
925 {
926 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
927 && irel->r_offset > addr
928 && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
929 {
930 irelalign = irel;
931 toaddr = irel->r_offset;
932 break;
933 }
934 }
935
936 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
937 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
938 (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
939 if (irelalign == NULL)
940 sec->size -= count;
941 else
942 {
943 int i;
944
945 #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
946
947 BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
948 for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
949 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
950 }
951
952 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
953 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
954 {
955 bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
956 bfd_vma start = 0;
957 int insn = 0;
958 int off, adjust, oinsn;
959 bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
960 bfd_boolean overflow;
961
962 /* Get the new reloc address. */
963 nraddr = irel->r_offset;
964 if ((irel->r_offset > addr
965 && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
966 || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
967 && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
968 nraddr -= count;
969
970 /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
971 case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which
972 represent addresses, though. */
973 if (irel->r_offset >= addr
974 && irel->r_offset < addr + count
975 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
976 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
977 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
978 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
979 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
980 (int) R_SH_NONE);
981
982 /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
983 includes the bytes we have deleted. */
984 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
985 {
986 default:
987 break;
988
989 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
990 case R_SH_IND12W:
991 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
992 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
993 start = irel->r_offset;
994 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
995 break;
996 }
997
998 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
999 {
1000 default:
1001 start = stop = addr;
1002 break;
1003
1004 case R_SH_DIR32:
1005 /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
1006 section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
1007 must check the addend to see it will put the value in
1008 range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */
1009 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1010 {
1011 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
1012 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1013 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1014 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1015 {
1016 bfd_vma val;
1017
1018 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1019 {
1020 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1021 val += isym->st_value;
1022 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1023 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1024 }
1025 else
1026 {
1027 val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1028 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1029 irel->r_addend -= count;
1030 }
1031 }
1032 }
1033 start = stop = addr;
1034 break;
1035
1036 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1037 off = insn & 0xff;
1038 if (off & 0x80)
1039 off -= 0x100;
1040 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1041 break;
1042
1043 case R_SH_IND12W:
1044 off = insn & 0xfff;
1045 if (! off)
1046 {
1047 /* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the
1048 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1049 final relocation will just do the right thing. */
1050 start = stop = addr;
1051 }
1052 else
1053 {
1054 if (off & 0x800)
1055 off -= 0x1000;
1056 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1057
1058 /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1059 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1060 start of the section.
1061 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1062 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1063 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */
1064 if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1065 irel->r_addend -= count;
1066 }
1067 break;
1068
1069 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1070 off = insn & 0xff;
1071 stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1072 break;
1073
1074 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1075 off = insn & 0xff;
1076 stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1077 break;
1078
1079 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1080 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1081 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1082 /* These relocs types represent
1083 .word L2-L1
1084 The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1085 address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and
1086 adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust
1087 both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1088 N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1089 and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */
1090
1091 stop = irel->r_offset;
1092 start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1093
1094 if (start > addr
1095 && start < toaddr
1096 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1097 irel->r_addend += count;
1098 else if (stop > addr
1099 && stop < toaddr
1100 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1101 irel->r_addend -= count;
1102
1103 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1104 voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1105 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1106 voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1107 else
1108 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1109 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1110
1111 break;
1112
1113 case R_SH_USES:
1114 start = irel->r_offset;
1115 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1116 + (long) irel->r_addend
1117 + 4);
1118 break;
1119 }
1120
1121 if (start > addr
1122 && start < toaddr
1123 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1124 adjust = count;
1125 else if (stop > addr
1126 && stop < toaddr
1127 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1128 adjust = - count;
1129 else
1130 adjust = 0;
1131
1132 if (adjust != 0)
1133 {
1134 oinsn = insn;
1135 overflow = FALSE;
1136 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1137 {
1138 default:
1139 abort ();
1140 break;
1141
1142 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1143 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1144 insn += adjust / 2;
1145 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1146 overflow = TRUE;
1147 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1148 break;
1149
1150 case R_SH_IND12W:
1151 insn += adjust / 2;
1152 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1153 overflow = TRUE;
1154 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1155 break;
1156
1157 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1158 BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1159 if (count >= 4)
1160 insn += adjust / 4;
1161 else
1162 {
1163 if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1164 ++insn;
1165 }
1166 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1167 overflow = TRUE;
1168 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1169 break;
1170
1171 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1172 voff += adjust;
1173 if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1174 overflow = TRUE;
1175 bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1176 break;
1177
1178 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1179 voff += adjust;
1180 if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1181 overflow = TRUE;
1182 bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1183 break;
1184
1185 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1186 voff += adjust;
1187 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1188 break;
1189
1190 case R_SH_USES:
1191 irel->r_addend += adjust;
1192 break;
1193 }
1194
1195 if (overflow)
1196 {
1197 _bfd_error_handler
1198 /* xgettext:c-format */
1199 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1200 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
1201 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1202 return FALSE;
1203 }
1204 }
1205
1206 irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1207 }
1208
1209 /* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32
1210 relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1211 below, we may need to adjust the addends. */
1212 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1213 {
1214 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1215 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1216 bfd_byte *ocontents;
1217
1218 if (o == sec
1219 || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1220 || o->reloc_count == 0)
1221 continue;
1222
1223 /* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1224 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1225 leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1226 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1227 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1228 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1229 return FALSE;
1230
1231 ocontents = NULL;
1232 irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1233 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1234 {
1235 /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */
1236 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1237 {
1238 bfd_vma start, stop;
1239 bfd_signed_vma voff;
1240
1241 if (ocontents == NULL)
1242 {
1243 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1244 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1245 else
1246 {
1247 /* We always cache the section contents.
1248 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1249 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1250 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1251 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1252 {
1253 if (ocontents != NULL)
1254 free (ocontents);
1255 return FALSE;
1256 }
1257
1258 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1259 }
1260 }
1261
1262 stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1263 start
1264 = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1265
1266 /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */
1267 if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1268 irelscan->r_addend += count;
1269
1270 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1271 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1272
1273 if (start > addr
1274 && start < toaddr
1275 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1276 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1277 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1278 else if (stop > addr
1279 && stop < toaddr
1280 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1281 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1282 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1283 }
1284
1285 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1286 continue;
1287
1288 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1289 continue;
1290
1291
1292 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1293 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1294 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1295 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1296 {
1297 bfd_vma val;
1298
1299 if (ocontents == NULL)
1300 {
1301 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1302 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1303 else
1304 {
1305 /* We always cache the section contents.
1306 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1307 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1308 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1309 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1310 {
1311 if (ocontents != NULL)
1312 free (ocontents);
1313 return FALSE;
1314 }
1315
1316 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1317 }
1318 }
1319
1320 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1321 val += isym->st_value;
1322 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1323 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1324 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1325 }
1326 }
1327 }
1328
1329 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
1330 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1331 for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1332 {
1333 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1334 && isym->st_value > addr
1335 && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1336 isym->st_value -= count;
1337 }
1338
1339 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
1340 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1341 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1342 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1343 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1344 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1345 {
1346 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1347 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1348 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1349 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1350 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1351 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1352 {
1353 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1354 }
1355 }
1356
1357 /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted
1358 r_offset for it already. */
1359 if (irelalign != NULL)
1360 {
1361 bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1362
1363 alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1364 alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1365 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1366 if (alignto != alignaddr)
1367 {
1368 /* Tail recursion. */
1369 return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1370 (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1371 }
1372 }
1373
1374 return TRUE;
1375 }
1376
1377 /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1378 boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */
1379
1380 static bfd_boolean
1381 sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1382 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1383 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1384 bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1385 {
1386 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1387 bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1388 bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1389 bfd_size_type amt;
1390
1391 *pswapped = FALSE;
1392
1393 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1394
1395 /* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */
1396 amt = sec->reloc_count;
1397 amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1398 labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1399 if (labels == NULL)
1400 goto error_return;
1401 label_end = labels;
1402 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1403 {
1404 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1405 {
1406 *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1407 ++label_end;
1408 }
1409 }
1410
1411 /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1412 address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1413 the label values and the relocs. */
1414
1415 label = labels;
1416
1417 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1418 {
1419 bfd_vma start, stop;
1420
1421 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1422 continue;
1423
1424 start = irel->r_offset;
1425
1426 for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1427 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1428 break;
1429 if (irel < irelend)
1430 stop = irel->r_offset;
1431 else
1432 stop = sec->size;
1433
1434 if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1435 internal_relocs, &label,
1436 label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1437 goto error_return;
1438 }
1439
1440 free (labels);
1441
1442 return TRUE;
1443
1444 error_return:
1445 if (labels != NULL)
1446 free (labels);
1447 return FALSE;
1448 }
1449
1450 #ifndef SH64_ELF
1451 /* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */
1452
1453 static bfd_boolean
1454 sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1455 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1456 {
1457 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1458 unsigned short i1, i2;
1459 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1460
1461 /* Swap the instructions themselves. */
1462 i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1463 i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1464 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1465 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1466
1467 /* Adjust all reloc addresses. */
1468 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1469 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1470 {
1471 enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1472 int add;
1473
1474 /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1475 adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1476 but are only associated with the address. */
1477 type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1478 if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1479 || type == R_SH_CODE
1480 || type == R_SH_DATA
1481 || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1482 continue;
1483
1484 /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1485 swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this
1486 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1487 instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping
1488 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1489 instruction it shouldn't). */
1490 if (type == R_SH_USES)
1491 {
1492 bfd_vma off;
1493
1494 off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1495 if (off == addr)
1496 irel->r_offset += 2;
1497 else if (off == addr + 2)
1498 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1499 }
1500
1501 if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1502 {
1503 irel->r_offset += 2;
1504 add = -2;
1505 }
1506 else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1507 {
1508 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1509 add = 2;
1510 }
1511 else
1512 add = 0;
1513
1514 if (add != 0)
1515 {
1516 bfd_byte *loc;
1517 unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1518 bfd_boolean overflow;
1519
1520 loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1521 overflow = FALSE;
1522 switch (type)
1523 {
1524 default:
1525 break;
1526
1527 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1528 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1529 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1530 oinsn = insn;
1531 insn += add / 2;
1532 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1533 overflow = TRUE;
1534 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1535 break;
1536
1537 case R_SH_IND12W:
1538 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1539 oinsn = insn;
1540 insn += add / 2;
1541 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1542 overflow = TRUE;
1543 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1544 break;
1545
1546 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1547 /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1548 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1549 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1550 swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an
1551 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1552 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */
1553 if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1554 {
1555 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1556 oinsn = insn;
1557 insn += add / 2;
1558 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1559 overflow = TRUE;
1560 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1561 }
1562
1563 break;
1564 }
1565
1566 if (overflow)
1567 {
1568 _bfd_error_handler
1569 /* xgettext:c-format */
1570 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1571 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
1572 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1573 return FALSE;
1574 }
1575 }
1576 }
1577
1578 return TRUE;
1579 }
1580 #endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1581 \f
1582 /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
1583
1584 struct elf_sh_plt_info
1585 {
1586 /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1587 first entry. */
1588 const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1589
1590 /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */
1591 bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1592
1593 /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1594 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE
1595 if there is no such pointer. */
1596 bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1597
1598 /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
1599 const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1600
1601 /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */
1602 bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1603
1604 /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used
1605 on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value
1606 that the field must hold. */
1607 struct {
1608 bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1609 bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1610 bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1611 bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1612 instruction (instead of a constant pool
1613 entry). */
1614 } symbol_fields;
1615
1616 /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */
1617 bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1618
1619 /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1620 MAX_SHORT_PLT entries. It must share the same plt0. NULL in
1621 other cases. */
1622 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1623 };
1624
1625 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1626
1627 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1628
1629 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1630
1631 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1632
1633 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1634 {
1635 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1636 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1637 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1638 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1639 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1640 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1641 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1642 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1643 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1644 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1645 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1646 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1647 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1648 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1649 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1650 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1651 };
1652
1653 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1654 {
1655 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1656 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1657 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1658 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1659 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1660 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1661 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1662 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1663 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1664 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1665 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1666 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1667 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1668 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1669 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1670 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1671 };
1672
1673 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1674 this. */
1675
1676 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1677 {
1678 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1679 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1680 0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1681 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1682 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1683 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1684 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1685 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1686 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1687 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1688 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1689 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1690 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1691 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1692 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1693 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1694 };
1695
1696 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1697 {
1698 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1699 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1700 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1701 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1702 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1703 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1704 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1705 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1706 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1707 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1708 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1709 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1710 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1711 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1712 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1713 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1714 };
1715
1716 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1717
1718 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1719 {
1720 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1721 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1722 0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1723 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1724 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1725 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1726 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1727 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1728 0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1729 0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1730 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1731 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1732 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1733 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1734 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1735 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1736 };
1737
1738 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1739 {
1740 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1741 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1742 0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1743 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1744 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1745 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1746 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1747 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1748 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1749 0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1750 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1751 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1752 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1753 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1754 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1755 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1756 };
1757
1758 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1759 {
1760 {
1761 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1762 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1763 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1764 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1765 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1766 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1767 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1768 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1769 NULL
1770 },
1771 {
1772 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1773 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1774 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1775 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1776 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1777 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1778 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1779 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1780 NULL
1781 },
1782 },
1783 {
1784 {
1785 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1786 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1787 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1788 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1789 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1790 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1791 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1792 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1793 NULL
1794 },
1795 {
1796 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1797 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1798 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1799 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1800 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1801 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1802 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1803 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1804 NULL
1805 },
1806 }
1807 };
1808
1809 /* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry. */
1810 #define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1811
1812 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1813 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1814 not data.
1815
1816 On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair. */
1817
1818 inline static void
1819 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1820 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1821 {
1822 value |= code_p;
1823 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1824 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1825 | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1826 addr);
1827 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1828 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1829 | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1830 addr + 4);
1831 }
1832
1833 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
1834 the object is position-independent. */
1835
1836 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1837 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1838 {
1839 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1840 }
1841 #else
1842 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1843
1844 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1845
1846 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1847
1848 /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by
1849 GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1850 corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1851 to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1852 and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1853 ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1854 since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1855 greater than or equal to 12. */
1856 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1857 {
1858 0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1859 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1860 0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1861 0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1862 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1863 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1864 0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1865 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1866 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1867 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1868 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1869 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1870 };
1871
1872 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1873 {
1874 0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1875 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1876 0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1877 0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1878 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1879 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1880 0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1881 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1882 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1883 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1884 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1885 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1886 };
1887
1888 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1889 this. */
1890
1891 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1892 {
1893 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1894 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1895 0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1896 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1897 0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */
1898 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1899 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1900 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1901 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1902 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1903 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1904 };
1905
1906 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1907 {
1908 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1909 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1910 0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1911 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1912 0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */
1913 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1914 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1915 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1916 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1917 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1918 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1919 };
1920
1921 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1922
1923 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1924 {
1925 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1926 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1927 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1928 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1929 0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1930 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1931 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1932 0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1933 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1934 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1935 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1936 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1937 };
1938
1939 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1940 {
1941 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1942 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1943 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1944 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1945 0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1946 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1947 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1948 0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1949 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1950 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1951 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1952 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1953 };
1954
1955 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1956 {
1957 {
1958 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1959 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1960 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1961 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1962 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1963 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1964 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1965 8,
1966 NULL
1967 },
1968 {
1969 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1970 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1971 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1972 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1973 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1974 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1975 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1976 8,
1977 NULL
1978 },
1979 },
1980 {
1981 {
1982 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1983 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1984 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1985 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1986 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1987 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1988 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1989 8,
1990 NULL
1991 },
1992 {
1993 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1994 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1995 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1996 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1997 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1998 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1999 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
2000 8,
2001 NULL
2002 },
2003 }
2004 };
2005
2006 #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
2007 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2008
2009 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
2010 {
2011 0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2012 0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2013 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2014 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2015 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2016 };
2017
2018 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
2019 {
2020 0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2021 0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2022 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2023 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2024 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2025 };
2026
2027 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2028 {
2029 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2030 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2031 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2032 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2033 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2034 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2035 0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2036 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2037 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2038 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2039 };
2040
2041 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2042 {
2043 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2044 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2045 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2046 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2047 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2048 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2049 0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2050 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2051 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2052 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2053 };
2054
2055 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2056 {
2057 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2058 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2059 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2060 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2061 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2062 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2063 0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2064 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2065 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2066 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2067 };
2068
2069 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2070 {
2071 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2072 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2073 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2074 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2075 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2076 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2077 0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2078 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2079 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2080 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2081 };
2082
2083 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2084 {
2085 {
2086 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
2087 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2088 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2089 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2090 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2091 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2092 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2093 12,
2094 NULL
2095 },
2096 {
2097 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
2098 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2099 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2100 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2101 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2102 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2103 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2104 12,
2105 NULL
2106 },
2107 },
2108 {
2109 {
2110 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2111 NULL,
2112 0,
2113 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2114 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2115 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2116 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2117 12,
2118 NULL
2119 },
2120 {
2121 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2122 NULL,
2123 0,
2124 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2125 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2126 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2127 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2128 12,
2129 NULL
2130 },
2131 }
2132 };
2133
2134 /* FDPIC PLT entries. Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2135 binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2136 and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2137 cache behavior. */
2138
2139 #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2140 #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2141
2142 /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2143 duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined. So
2144 right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub. It
2145 might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2146 stubs separately. */
2147
2148 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2149 {
2150 0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2151 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2152 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2153 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2154 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2155 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2156 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2157 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2158 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2159 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2160 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2161 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2162 };
2163
2164 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2165 {
2166 0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2167 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2168 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2169 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2170 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2171 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2172 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2173 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2174 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2175 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2176 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2177 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2178 };
2179
2180 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2181 {
2182 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2183 NULL,
2184 0,
2185 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2186 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2187 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2188 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2189 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2190 NULL
2191 },
2192 {
2193 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2194 NULL,
2195 0,
2196 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2197 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2198 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2199 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2200 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2201 NULL
2202 },
2203 };
2204
2205 /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2206 entries for the first 64K slots. We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2207 past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2208 but would not be any smaller. */
2209
2210 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2211 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2212
2213 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2214 {
2215 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2216 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2217 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2218 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2219 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2220 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2221 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2222 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2223 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2224 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2225 };
2226
2227 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2228 {
2229 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2230 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2231 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2232 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2233 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2234 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2235 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2236 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2237 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2238 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2239 };
2240
2241 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2242 /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2243 NULL,
2244 0,
2245 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2246 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2247 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2248 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2249 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2250 NULL
2251 };
2252
2253 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2254 /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2255 NULL,
2256 0,
2257 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2258 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2259 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2260 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2261 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2262 NULL
2263 };
2264
2265 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2266 {
2267 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2268 NULL,
2269 0,
2270 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2271 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2272 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2273 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2274 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2275 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2276 },
2277 {
2278 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2279 NULL,
2280 0,
2281 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2282 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2283 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2284 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2285 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2286 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2287 },
2288 };
2289
2290 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
2291 the object is position-independent. */
2292
2293 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2294 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2295 {
2296 if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2297 {
2298 /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2299 sequence. */
2300 if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2301 return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2302 else
2303 return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2304 }
2305 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2306 return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2307 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2308 }
2309
2310 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2311 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2312 not data. */
2313
2314 inline static void
2315 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2316 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2317 {
2318 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2319 }
2320 #endif
2321
2322 /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2323 Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2324 20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2325 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2326 #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2327
2328 /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */
2329
2330 static bfd_vma
2331 get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2332 {
2333 bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2334
2335 offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2336 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2337 {
2338 if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2339 {
2340 plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2341 offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2342 }
2343 else
2344 info = info->short_plt;
2345 }
2346 return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2347 }
2348
2349 /* Do the inverse operation. */
2350
2351 static bfd_vma
2352 get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2353 {
2354 bfd_vma offset = 0;
2355
2356 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2357 {
2358 if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2359 {
2360 offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2361 plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2362 }
2363 else
2364 info = info->short_plt;
2365 }
2366 return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2367 + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2368 }
2369
2370 /* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2371 decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2372 This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2373 unnecessary. We store the information in a field extending the
2374 regular ELF linker hash table. */
2375
2376 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2377 {
2378 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2379
2380 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2381 asection *sec;
2382
2383 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2384 bfd_size_type count;
2385
2386 /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */
2387 bfd_size_type pc_count;
2388 };
2389
2390 union gotref
2391 {
2392 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2393 bfd_vma offset;
2394 };
2395
2396 /* sh ELF linker hash entry. */
2397
2398 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2399 {
2400 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2401
2402 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2403 union
2404 {
2405 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2406 bfd_vma offset;
2407 } datalabel_got;
2408 #endif
2409
2410 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2411 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2412
2413 bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2414
2415 /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC. The refcount counts
2416 R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2417 relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2418 for separately. After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2419 MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2420 managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2421 During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2422 descriptor will be canonical. */
2423 union gotref funcdesc;
2424
2425 /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2426 and thus require fixups or relocations. */
2427 bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2428
2429 enum got_type {
2430 GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2431 } got_type;
2432 };
2433
2434 #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2435
2436 struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2437 {
2438 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2439
2440 /* got_type for each local got entry. */
2441 char *local_got_type;
2442
2443 /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol. */
2444 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2445 };
2446
2447 #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2448 ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2449
2450 #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2451 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2452
2453 #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2454 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2455
2456 #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2457 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2458 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2459 && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2460
2461 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2462 as the specific tdata. */
2463
2464 static bfd_boolean
2465 sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2466 {
2467 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2468 SH_ELF_DATA);
2469 }
2470
2471 /* sh ELF linker hash table. */
2472
2473 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2474 {
2475 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2476
2477 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2478 asection *sgot;
2479 asection *sgotplt;
2480 asection *srelgot;
2481 asection *splt;
2482 asection *srelplt;
2483 asection *sdynbss;
2484 asection *srelbss;
2485 asection *sfuncdesc;
2486 asection *srelfuncdesc;
2487 asection *srofixup;
2488
2489 /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
2490 asection *srelplt2;
2491
2492 /* Small local sym cache. */
2493 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2494
2495 /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */
2496 union
2497 {
2498 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2499 bfd_vma offset;
2500 } tls_ldm_got;
2501
2502 /* The type of PLT to use. */
2503 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2504
2505 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2506 bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2507
2508 /* True if the target system uses FDPIC. */
2509 bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2510 };
2511
2512 /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2513
2514 #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
2515 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
2516 (&(table)->root, \
2517 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2518 (info)))
2519
2520 /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2521
2522 #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2523 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2524 == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2525
2526 /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2527
2528 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2529 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2530 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2531 const char *string)
2532 {
2533 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2534 (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2535
2536 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2537 subclass. */
2538 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2539 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2540 bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2541 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2542 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2543 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2544
2545 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2546 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2547 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2548 table, string));
2549 if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2550 {
2551 ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2552 ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2553 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2554 ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2555 #endif
2556 ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2557 ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2558 ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2559 }
2560
2561 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2562 }
2563
2564 /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2565
2566 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2567 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2568 {
2569 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2570 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2571
2572 ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
2573 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2574 return NULL;
2575
2576 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2577 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2578 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2579 SH_ELF_DATA))
2580 {
2581 free (ret);
2582 return NULL;
2583 }
2584
2585 ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2586 ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2587
2588 return &ret->root.root;
2589 }
2590
2591 static bfd_boolean
2592 sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2593 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2594 {
2595 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2596
2597 /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections. */
2598 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2599 return TRUE;
2600
2601 /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2602 relocate independently. */
2603 switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2604 {
2605 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2606 case SHT_NOBITS:
2607 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2608 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
2609 case SHT_NULL:
2610 return FALSE;
2611
2612 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2613 against any other section. */
2614 default:
2615 return TRUE;
2616 }
2617 }
2618
2619 /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2620 shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
2621
2622 static bfd_boolean
2623 create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2624 {
2625 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2626
2627 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2628 return FALSE;
2629
2630 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2631 if (htab == NULL)
2632 return FALSE;
2633
2634 htab->sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
2635 htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
2636 htab->srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2637 if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
2638 abort ();
2639
2640 htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2641 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2642 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2643 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2644 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2645 if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2646 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2647 return FALSE;
2648
2649 htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
2650 ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2651 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2652 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2653 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2654 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2655 | SEC_READONLY));
2656 if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2657 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2658 return FALSE;
2659
2660 /* Also create .rofixup. */
2661 htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2662 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2663 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2664 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2665 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2666 | SEC_READONLY));
2667 if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2668 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2669 return FALSE;
2670
2671 return TRUE;
2672 }
2673
2674 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
2675
2676 static bfd_boolean
2677 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2678 {
2679 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2680 flagword flags, pltflags;
2681 asection *s;
2682 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2683 int ptralign = 0;
2684
2685 switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2686 {
2687 case 32:
2688 ptralign = 2;
2689 break;
2690
2691 case 64:
2692 ptralign = 3;
2693 break;
2694
2695 default:
2696 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2697 return FALSE;
2698 }
2699
2700 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2701 if (htab == NULL)
2702 return FALSE;
2703
2704 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2705 return TRUE;
2706
2707 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2708 .rel[a].bss sections. */
2709
2710 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2711 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2712
2713 pltflags = flags;
2714 pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2715 if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2716 pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2717 if (bed->plt_readonly)
2718 pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2719
2720 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2721 htab->splt = s;
2722 if (s == NULL
2723 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2724 return FALSE;
2725
2726 if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2727 {
2728 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2729 .plt section. */
2730 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2731 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2732
2733 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2734 (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2735 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2736 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2737 return FALSE;
2738
2739 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2740 h->def_regular = 1;
2741 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2742 htab->root.hplt = h;
2743
2744 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2745 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2746 return FALSE;
2747 }
2748
2749 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2750 bed->default_use_rela_p
2751 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2752 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2753 htab->srelplt = s;
2754 if (s == NULL
2755 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2756 return FALSE;
2757
2758 if (htab->sgot == NULL
2759 && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2760 return FALSE;
2761
2762 if (bed->want_dynbss)
2763 {
2764 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2765 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2766 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
2767 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2768 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
2769 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
2770 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2771 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2772 htab->sdynbss = s;
2773 if (s == NULL)
2774 return FALSE;
2775
2776 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
2777 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
2778 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
2779 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2780 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2781 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2782 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2783 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
2784 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
2785 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2786 copy relocs. */
2787 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2788 {
2789 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2790 (bed->default_use_rela_p
2791 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2792 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2793 htab->srelbss = s;
2794 if (s == NULL
2795 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2796 return FALSE;
2797 }
2798 }
2799
2800 if (htab->vxworks_p)
2801 {
2802 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2803 return FALSE;
2804 }
2805
2806 return TRUE;
2807 }
2808 \f
2809 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2810 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
2811 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
2812 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2813 understand. */
2814
2815 static bfd_boolean
2816 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2817 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2818 {
2819 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2820 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2821 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2822 asection *s;
2823
2824 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2825 if (htab == NULL)
2826 return FALSE;
2827
2828 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
2829 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2830 && (h->needs_plt
2831 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2832 || (h->def_dynamic
2833 && h->ref_regular
2834 && !h->def_regular)));
2835
2836 /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
2837 will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2838 when we know the address of the .got section. */
2839 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2840 || h->needs_plt)
2841 {
2842 if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2843 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2844 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2845 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2846 {
2847 /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2848 file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2849 object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2850 a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2851 reloc instead. */
2852 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2853 h->needs_plt = 0;
2854 }
2855
2856 return TRUE;
2857 }
2858 else
2859 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2860
2861 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2862 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2863 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2864 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2865 {
2866 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2867 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2868 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2869 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2870 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2871 h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2872 return TRUE;
2873 }
2874
2875 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2876 is not a function. */
2877
2878 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2879 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2880 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2881 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
2882 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2883 return TRUE;
2884
2885 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2886 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
2887 if (!h->non_got_ref)
2888 return TRUE;
2889
2890 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
2891 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2892 {
2893 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2894 return TRUE;
2895 }
2896
2897 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2898 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2899 {
2900 s = p->sec->output_section;
2901 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2902 break;
2903 }
2904
2905 /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2906 copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2907 the copy reloc. */
2908 if (p == NULL)
2909 {
2910 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2911 return TRUE;
2912 }
2913
2914 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2915 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
2916 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
2917 object will contain position independent code, so all references
2918 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2919 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2920 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2921 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2922 same memory location for the variable. */
2923
2924 s = htab->sdynbss;
2925 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2926
2927 /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2928 copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2929 runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
2930 .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
2931 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
2932 {
2933 asection *srel;
2934
2935 srel = htab->srelbss;
2936 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2937 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2938 h->needs_copy = 1;
2939 }
2940
2941 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
2942 }
2943
2944 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2945 dynamic relocs. */
2946
2947 static bfd_boolean
2948 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2949 {
2950 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2951 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2952 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2953 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2954
2955 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2956 return TRUE;
2957
2958 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2959 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2960 if (htab == NULL)
2961 return FALSE;
2962
2963 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2964 if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2965 || h->forced_local)
2966 && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2967 {
2968 /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2969 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2970 h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2971 if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2972 h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2973 }
2974
2975 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2976 && h->plt.refcount > 0
2977 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2978 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2979 {
2980 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2981 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
2982 if (h->dynindx == -1
2983 && !h->forced_local)
2984 {
2985 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2986 return FALSE;
2987 }
2988
2989 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2990 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
2991 {
2992 asection *s = htab->splt;
2993 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2994
2995 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
2996 first entry. */
2997 if (s->size == 0)
2998 s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
2999
3000 h->plt.offset = s->size;
3001
3002 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
3003 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
3004 location in the .plt. This is required to make function
3005 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
3006 the shared library. Skip this for FDPIC, since the
3007 function's address will be the address of the canonical
3008 function descriptor. */
3009 if (!htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
3010 {
3011 h->root.u.def.section = s;
3012 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
3013 }
3014
3015 /* Make room for this entry. */
3016 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
3017 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
3018 && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
3019 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3020 s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3021
3022 /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3023 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
3024 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3025 htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
3026 else
3027 htab->sgotplt->size += 8;
3028
3029 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
3030 htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3031
3032 if (htab->vxworks_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3033 {
3034 /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3035 for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation
3036 section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */
3037
3038 /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3039 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3040 if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3041 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3042
3043 /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3044 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3045 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
3046 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3047 }
3048 }
3049 else
3050 {
3051 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3052 h->needs_plt = 0;
3053 }
3054 }
3055 else
3056 {
3057 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3058 h->needs_plt = 0;
3059 }
3060
3061 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3062 {
3063 asection *s;
3064 bfd_boolean dyn;
3065 enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3066
3067 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3068 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3069 if (h->dynindx == -1
3070 && !h->forced_local)
3071 {
3072 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3073 return FALSE;
3074 }
3075
3076 s = htab->sgot;
3077 h->got.offset = s->size;
3078 s->size += 4;
3079 /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
3080 if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3081 s->size += 4;
3082 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3083 if (!dyn)
3084 {
3085 /* No dynamic relocations required. */
3086 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3087 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3088 && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3089 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3090 }
3091 /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens. */
3092 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
3093 && !h->def_dynamic
3094 && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3095 ;
3096 /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3097 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */
3098 else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3099 || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3100 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3101 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3102 htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3103 else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3104 {
3105 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3106 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3107 else
3108 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3109 }
3110 else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3111 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3112 && (bfd_link_pic (info)
3113 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3114 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3115 else if (htab->fdpic_p
3116 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3117 && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3118 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3119 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3120 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3121 }
3122 else
3123 h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3124
3125 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3126 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3127 {
3128 asection *s;
3129 bfd_boolean dyn;
3130
3131 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3132 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3133 if (h->dynindx == -1
3134 && !h->forced_local)
3135 {
3136 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3137 return FALSE;
3138 }
3139
3140 s = htab->sgot;
3141 eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3142 s->size += 4;
3143 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3144 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info), h))
3145 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3146 }
3147 else
3148 eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3149 #endif
3150
3151 /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3152 descriptors, canonical or otherwise. We need to relocate the
3153 reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3154 undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3155 static linking). Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere. */
3156 if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3157 && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3158 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3159 && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3160 {
3161 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3162 htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3163 else
3164 htab->srelgot->size
3165 += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3166 }
3167
3168 /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3169 a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3170 the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it. None of this
3171 applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3172 canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3173 won't be a PLT entry at all. */
3174 if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3175 || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3176 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3177 && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3178 {
3179 /* Make room for this function descriptor. */
3180 eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3181 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3182
3183 /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3184 function descriptor, so allocate those too. */
3185 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3186 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3187 else
3188 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3189 }
3190
3191 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3192 return TRUE;
3193
3194 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3195 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3196 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
3197 space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3198 visibility changes. */
3199
3200 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3201 {
3202 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3203 {
3204 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3205
3206 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3207 {
3208 p->count -= p->pc_count;
3209 p->pc_count = 0;
3210 if (p->count == 0)
3211 *pp = p->next;
3212 else
3213 pp = &p->next;
3214 }
3215 }
3216
3217 if (htab->vxworks_p)
3218 {
3219 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3220
3221 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3222 {
3223 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3224 *pp = p->next;
3225 else
3226 pp = &p->next;
3227 }
3228 }
3229
3230 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3231 visibility. */
3232 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3233 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3234 {
3235 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3236 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3237
3238 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3239 symbol in PIEs. */
3240 else if (h->dynindx == -1
3241 && !h->forced_local)
3242 {
3243 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3244 return FALSE;
3245 }
3246 }
3247 }
3248 else
3249 {
3250 /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3251 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3252 dynamic. */
3253
3254 if (!h->non_got_ref
3255 && ((h->def_dynamic
3256 && !h->def_regular)
3257 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3258 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3259 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3260 {
3261 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3262 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3263 if (h->dynindx == -1
3264 && !h->forced_local)
3265 {
3266 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3267 return FALSE;
3268 }
3269
3270 /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3271 relocs. */
3272 if (h->dynindx != -1)
3273 goto keep;
3274 }
3275
3276 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3277
3278 keep: ;
3279 }
3280
3281 /* Finally, allocate space. */
3282 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3283 {
3284 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3285 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3286
3287 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3288 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3289 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3290 }
3291
3292 return TRUE;
3293 }
3294
3295 /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */
3296
3297 static bfd_boolean
3298 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3299 {
3300 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3301 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3302
3303 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3304 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3305 {
3306 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3307
3308 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3309 {
3310 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3311
3312 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3313
3314 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
3315 return FALSE;
3316 }
3317 }
3318 return TRUE;
3319 }
3320
3321 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3322 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3323 It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
3324
3325 static bfd_boolean
3326 sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3327 {
3328 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd,
3329 bfd_link_pic (info));
3330
3331 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
3332 && !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info,
3333 "__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE))
3334 return FALSE;
3335 return TRUE;
3336 }
3337
3338 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3339
3340 static bfd_boolean
3341 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3342 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3343 {
3344 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3345 bfd *dynobj;
3346 asection *s;
3347 bfd_boolean relocs;
3348 bfd *ibfd;
3349
3350 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3351 if (htab == NULL)
3352 return FALSE;
3353
3354 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3355 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3356
3357 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3358 {
3359 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3360 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
3361 {
3362 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
3363 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3364 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3365 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3366 }
3367 }
3368
3369 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3370 relocs. */
3371 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
3372 {
3373 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3374 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3375 union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3376 char *local_got_type;
3377 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3378 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3379 asection *srel;
3380
3381 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3382 continue;
3383
3384 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3385 {
3386 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3387
3388 for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3389 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3390 p != NULL;
3391 p = p->next)
3392 {
3393 if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3394 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3395 {
3396 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3397 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3398 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3399 the relocs too. */
3400 }
3401 else if (htab->vxworks_p
3402 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3403 ".tls_vars") == 0)
3404 {
3405 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3406 handled specially by the loader. */
3407 }
3408 else if (p->count != 0)
3409 {
3410 srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3411 srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3412 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3413 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3414
3415 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3416 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3417 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3418 }
3419 }
3420 }
3421
3422 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3423 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3424 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3425 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
3426 locsymcount *= 2;
3427 #endif
3428 s = htab->sgot;
3429 srel = htab->srelgot;
3430
3431 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3432 if (local_got)
3433 {
3434 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3435 local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3436 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3437 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3438 {
3439 if (*local_got > 0)
3440 {
3441 *local_got = s->size;
3442 s->size += 4;
3443 if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3444 s->size += 4;
3445 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3446 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3447 else
3448 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3449
3450 if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3451 {
3452 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3453 {
3454 bfd_size_type size;
3455
3456 size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3457 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3458 size);
3459 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3460 return FALSE;
3461 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3462 local_funcdesc += (local_got
3463 - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3464 }
3465 local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3466 ++local_funcdesc;
3467 }
3468 }
3469 else
3470 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3471 ++local_got_type;
3472 }
3473 }
3474
3475 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3476 if (local_funcdesc)
3477 {
3478 end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3479
3480 for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3481 {
3482 if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3483 {
3484 local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3485 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3486 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
3487 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3488 else
3489 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3490 }
3491 else
3492 local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3493 }
3494 }
3495
3496 }
3497
3498 if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3499 {
3500 /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3501 relocs. */
3502 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
3503 htab->sgot->size += 8;
3504 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3505 }
3506 else
3507 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3508
3509 /* Only the reserved entries should be present. For FDPIC, they go at
3510 the end of .got.plt. */
3511 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3512 {
3513 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12);
3514 htab->sgotplt->size = 0;
3515 }
3516
3517 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3518 sym dynamic relocs. */
3519 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3520
3521 /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3522 end of the FDPIC .got.plt. */
3523 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3524 {
3525 htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size;
3526 htab->sgotplt->size += 12;
3527 }
3528
3529 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
3530 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3531 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3532
3533 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3534 Allocate memory for them. */
3535 relocs = FALSE;
3536 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3537 {
3538 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3539 continue;
3540
3541 if (s == htab->splt
3542 || s == htab->sgot
3543 || s == htab->sgotplt
3544 || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3545 || s == htab->srofixup
3546 || s == htab->sdynbss)
3547 {
3548 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3549 comment below. */
3550 }
3551 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3552 {
3553 if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3554 relocs = TRUE;
3555
3556 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3557 to copy relocs into the output file. */
3558 s->reloc_count = 0;
3559 }
3560 else
3561 {
3562 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3563 continue;
3564 }
3565
3566 if (s->size == 0)
3567 {
3568 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3569 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3570 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3571 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3572 before the linker maps input sections to output
3573 sections. The linker does that before
3574 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3575 function which decides whether anything needs to go
3576 into these sections. */
3577
3578 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3579 continue;
3580 }
3581
3582 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3583 continue;
3584
3585 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
3586 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3587 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
3588 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3589 of garbage. */
3590 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3591 if (s->contents == NULL)
3592 return FALSE;
3593 }
3594
3595 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3596 {
3597 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3598 values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3599 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3600 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3601 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3602 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3603 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3604
3605 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
3606 {
3607 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3608 return FALSE;
3609 }
3610
3611 if (htab->splt->size != 0)
3612 {
3613 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3614 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3615 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3616 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3617 return FALSE;
3618 }
3619 else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC))
3620 {
3621 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3622 return FALSE;
3623 }
3624
3625 if (relocs)
3626 {
3627 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3628 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3629 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3630 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3631 return FALSE;
3632
3633 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3634 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
3635 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3636 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3637
3638 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3639 {
3640 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3641 return FALSE;
3642 }
3643 }
3644 if (htab->vxworks_p
3645 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3646 return FALSE;
3647 }
3648 #undef add_dynamic_entry
3649
3650 return TRUE;
3651 }
3652 \f
3653 /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section. */
3654
3655 inline static bfd_vma
3656 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3657 int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3658 {
3659 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3660 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3661
3662 outrel.r_offset = offset;
3663 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3664 outrel.r_addend = addend;
3665
3666 reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3667 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3668 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3669 sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3670 sreloc->reloc_count++;
3671
3672 return reloc_offset;
3673 }
3674
3675 /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup. */
3676
3677 inline static void
3678 sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3679 {
3680 bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3681
3682 fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3683 BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3684 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3685 }
3686
3687 /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3688 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. */
3689
3690 static bfd_signed_vma
3691 sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3692 {
3693 return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3694 - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3695 }
3696
3697 /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3698 located. */
3699
3700 static unsigned
3701 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3702 {
3703 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
3704
3705 if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3706 /* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd. */
3707 && output_bfd->direction != read_direction)
3708 p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
3709
3710 /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to. The kernel
3711 supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3712 a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment. */
3713 return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3714 }
3715
3716 static bfd_boolean
3717 sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3718 {
3719 unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3720
3721 return (seg != (unsigned) -1
3722 && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
3723 }
3724
3725 /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3726 with any relocations or fixups required. */
3727 static bfd_boolean
3728 sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3729 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3730 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3731 bfd_vma offset,
3732 asection *section,
3733 bfd_vma value)
3734 {
3735 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3736 int dynindx;
3737 bfd_vma addr, seg;
3738
3739 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3740
3741 /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3742 descriptor, along with the segment index. We're RELA, so it could
3743 go in the reloc instead... */
3744
3745 if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3746 {
3747 section = h->root.u.def.section;
3748 value = h->root.u.def.value;
3749 }
3750
3751 if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3752 {
3753 dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3754 addr = value + section->output_offset;
3755 seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3756 }
3757 else
3758 {
3759 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3760 dynindx = h->dynindx;
3761 addr = seg = 0;
3762 }
3763
3764 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3765 {
3766 if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3767 {
3768 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3769 offset
3770 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3771 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3772 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3773 offset + 4
3774 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3775 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3776 }
3777
3778 /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3779 address and gp value (barring fixups). */
3780 addr += section->output_section->vma;
3781 seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3782 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3783 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3784 }
3785 else
3786 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3787 offset
3788 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3789 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3790 R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3791
3792 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3793 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3794
3795 return TRUE;
3796 }
3797
3798 /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3799 VALUE is the field's value. Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3800 otherwise. */
3801
3802 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3803 install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3804 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3805 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3806 {
3807 unsigned long cur_val;
3808 bfd_byte *addr;
3809 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3810
3811 if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3812 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3813
3814 r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3815 bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3816 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3817 return r;
3818
3819 addr = contents + offset;
3820 cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3821 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3822 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3823
3824 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3825 }
3826
3827 /* Relocate an SH ELF section. */
3828
3829 static bfd_boolean
3830 sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3831 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3832 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3833 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3834 asection **local_sections)
3835 {
3836 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3837 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3838 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3839 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3840 bfd *dynobj = NULL;
3841 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3842 asection *sgot = NULL;
3843 asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3844 asection *splt = NULL;
3845 asection *sreloc = NULL;
3846 asection *srelgot = NULL;
3847 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3848 unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3849 bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
3850
3851 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3852
3853 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3854 if (htab != NULL)
3855 {
3856 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3857 sgot = htab->sgot;
3858 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
3859 splt = htab->splt;
3860 fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3861 }
3862 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3863 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3864 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3865
3866 isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3867 input_section->output_section);
3868 if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3869 got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3870 sgot->output_section);
3871 else
3872 got_segment = -1;
3873 if (fdpic_p && splt)
3874 plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3875 splt->output_section);
3876 else
3877 plt_segment = -1;
3878
3879 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3880 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
3881 is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && bfd_link_pic (info)
3882 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3883 ".tls_vars"));
3884
3885 rel = relocs;
3886 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3887 for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3888 {
3889 int r_type;
3890 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3891 unsigned long r_symndx;
3892 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3893 asection *sec;
3894 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3895 bfd_vma relocation;
3896 bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3897 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3898 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3899 bfd_vma off;
3900 enum got_type got_type;
3901 const char *symname = NULL;
3902
3903 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3904
3905 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3906
3907 /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3908 handled entirely by the relaxation code. */
3909 if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3910 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3911 continue;
3912 if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
3913 continue;
3914
3915 if (r_type < 0
3916 || r_type >= R_SH_max
3917 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
3918 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
3919 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
3920 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
3921 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
3922 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
3923 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
3924 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
3925 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
3926 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
3927 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
3928 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
3929 {
3930 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3931 return FALSE;
3932 }
3933
3934 howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
3935
3936 /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
3937 the relocation. */
3938 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3939 addend = rel->r_addend;
3940
3941 h = NULL;
3942 sym = NULL;
3943 sec = NULL;
3944 check_segment[0] = -1;
3945 check_segment[1] = -1;
3946 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3947 {
3948 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3949 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3950
3951 symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
3952 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
3953 if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
3954 symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3955
3956 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
3957 + sec->output_offset
3958 + sym->st_value);
3959 /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
3960 datalabel processing here. Make sure this does not change
3961 without notice. */
3962 if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
3963 (*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
3964 (info,
3965 _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
3966 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
3967
3968 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3969 /* Handled below. */
3970 ;
3971 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3972 {
3973 /* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change
3974 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
3975 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
3976 section symbol winds up in the output section. */
3977 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3978 {
3979 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3980 {
3981 /* For relocations with the addend in the
3982 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
3983 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
3984 code is mostly for completeness. */
3985 rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
3986
3987 continue;
3988 }
3989
3990 /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
3991 contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
3992 from the changed location of the section symbol.
3993 Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
3994 final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
3995 relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
3996 location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
3997 final link. */
3998 r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
3999 sec->output_offset
4000 + sym->st_value,
4001 contents + rel->r_offset);
4002 goto relocation_done;
4003 }
4004
4005 continue;
4006 }
4007 else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4008 {
4009 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
4010 addend = rel->r_addend;
4011 }
4012 else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4013 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4014 {
4015 asection *msec;
4016
4017 if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
4018 {
4019 _bfd_error_handler
4020 /* xgettext:c-format */
4021 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
4022 input_bfd, input_section,
4023 (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4024 return FALSE;
4025 }
4026
4027 addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4028 msec = sec;
4029 addend =
4030 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4031 - relocation;
4032 addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4033 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4034 addend = 0;
4035 }
4036 }
4037 else
4038 {
4039 /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */
4040
4041 relocation = 0;
4042 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4043 symname = h->root.root.string;
4044 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4045 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4046 {
4047 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4048 /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4049 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4050 doesn't count. */
4051 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4052 #endif
4053 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4054 }
4055 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4056 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4057 {
4058 bfd_boolean dyn;
4059
4060 dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
4061 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4062 /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4063 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4064 sec->output_section will be NULL. */
4065 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4066 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4067 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4068 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4069 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4070 || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4071 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4072 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4073 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4074 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4075 && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4076 || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4077 || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4078 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4079 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4080 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4081 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4082 || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4083 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4084 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4085 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4086 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4087 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
4088 bfd_link_pic (info),
4089 h)
4090 && (! bfd_link_pic (info)
4091 || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4092 || !h->def_regular))
4093 /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4094 overwritten in the switch block below. The cases
4095 below are those in which we must defer relocation
4096 to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4097 addresses when creating a shared library. */
4098 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
4099 && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4100 || !h->def_regular)
4101 && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4102 && !h->forced_local)
4103 || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4104 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4105 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4106 /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4107 sections against symbols defined externally
4108 in shared libraries. We can't do anything
4109 with them here. */
4110 || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4111 && h->def_dynamic)))
4112 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4113 sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4114 thus ld.so will not process them. */
4115 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4116 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4117 && h->def_dynamic))
4118 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4119 && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4120 || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4121 ;
4122 else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4123 relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4124 + sec->output_section->vma
4125 + sec->output_offset)
4126 /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4127 symbol value, unless we've seen
4128 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it. */
4129 | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4130 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4131 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
4132 && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4133 input_section,
4134 rel->r_offset)
4135 != (bfd_vma) -1))
4136 {
4137 _bfd_error_handler
4138 /* xgettext:c-format */
4139 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4140 input_bfd,
4141 input_section,
4142 (long) rel->r_offset,
4143 howto->name,
4144 h->root.root.string);
4145 return FALSE;
4146 }
4147 }
4148 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4149 ;
4150 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4151 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4152 ;
4153 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
4154 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
4155 (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4156 input_section, rel->r_offset,
4157 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4158 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)));
4159 }
4160
4161 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
4162 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4163 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
4164
4165 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
4166 continue;
4167
4168 /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files. Most
4169 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4170 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below. */
4171 check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4172 if (sec != NULL)
4173 check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4174 sec->output_section);
4175 else
4176 check_segment[1] = -1;
4177
4178 switch ((int) r_type)
4179 {
4180 final_link_relocate:
4181 /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4182 R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */
4183 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4184 contents, rel->r_offset,
4185 relocation, addend);
4186 break;
4187
4188 case R_SH_IND12W:
4189 goto final_link_relocate;
4190
4191 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4192 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4193 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4194 /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4195 the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4196 is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not
4197 against the start of this section, then it's against an
4198 external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */
4199 if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4200 != relocation)
4201 {
4202 int disp = (relocation
4203 - input_section->output_section->vma
4204 - input_section->output_offset
4205 - rel->r_offset);
4206 int mask = 0;
4207 switch (r_type)
4208 {
4209 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4210 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4211 case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4212 default: mask = 0; break;
4213 }
4214 if (disp & mask)
4215 {
4216 _bfd_error_handler
4217 /* xgettext:c-format */
4218 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4219 input_section->owner,
4220 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
4221 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4222 return FALSE;
4223 }
4224 relocation -= 4;
4225 goto final_link_relocate;
4226 }
4227 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4228 break;
4229
4230 default:
4231 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4232 if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4233 contents, rel, &relocation))
4234 goto final_link_relocate;
4235 #endif
4236 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4237 return FALSE;
4238
4239 case R_SH_DIR16:
4240 case R_SH_DIR8:
4241 case R_SH_DIR8U:
4242 case R_SH_DIR8S:
4243 case R_SH_DIR4U:
4244 goto final_link_relocate;
4245
4246 case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4247 case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4248 if (relocation & 3)
4249 {
4250 _bfd_error_handler
4251 /* xgettext:c-format */
4252 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4253 input_section->owner,
4254 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4255 (unsigned long) relocation);
4256 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4257 return FALSE;
4258 }
4259 goto final_link_relocate;
4260
4261 case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4262 case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4263 case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4264 if (relocation & 1)
4265 {
4266 _bfd_error_handler
4267 /* xgettext:c-format */
4268 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4269 input_section->owner,
4270 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4271 (unsigned long) relocation);
4272 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4273 return FALSE;
4274 }
4275 goto final_link_relocate;
4276
4277 case R_SH_PSHA:
4278 if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4279 || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4280 {
4281 _bfd_error_handler
4282 /* xgettext:c-format */
4283 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4284 input_section->owner,
4285 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4286 (unsigned long) relocation);
4287 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4288 return FALSE;
4289 }
4290 goto final_link_relocate;
4291
4292 case R_SH_PSHL:
4293 if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4294 || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4295 {
4296 _bfd_error_handler
4297 /* xgettext:c-format */
4298 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4299 input_section->owner,
4300 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4301 (unsigned long) relocation);
4302 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4303 return FALSE;
4304 }
4305 goto final_link_relocate;
4306
4307 case R_SH_DIR32:
4308 case R_SH_REL32:
4309 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4310 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4311 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4312 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4313 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4314 #endif
4315 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4316 && (h == NULL
4317 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4318 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4319 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4320 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4321 && !is_vxworks_tls
4322 && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4323 || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4324 {
4325 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4326 bfd_byte *loc;
4327 bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4328
4329 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4330 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4331 time. */
4332
4333 if (sreloc == NULL)
4334 {
4335 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4336 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4337 if (sreloc == NULL)
4338 return FALSE;
4339 }
4340
4341 skip = FALSE;
4342 relocate = FALSE;
4343
4344 outrel.r_offset =
4345 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4346 rel->r_offset);
4347 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4348 skip = TRUE;
4349 else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4350 skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4351 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4352 + input_section->output_offset);
4353
4354 if (skip)
4355 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4356 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4357 {
4358 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4359 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4360 outrel.r_addend
4361 = (howto->partial_inplace
4362 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4363 : addend);
4364 }
4365 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4366 else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4367 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4368 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4369 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4370 {
4371 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4372 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4373 outrel.r_addend = addend;
4374 }
4375 #endif
4376 else if (fdpic_p
4377 && (h == NULL
4378 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4379 && h->def_regular)))
4380 {
4381 int dynindx;
4382
4383 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4384 BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4385 dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4386 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4387 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4388 outrel.r_addend
4389 += (howto->partial_inplace
4390 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4391 : addend);
4392 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4393 }
4394 else
4395 {
4396 /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4397 become local. */
4398 if (h == NULL
4399 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4400 && h->def_regular))
4401 {
4402 relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4403 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4404 }
4405 else
4406 {
4407 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4408 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4409 }
4410 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4411 outrel.r_addend
4412 += (howto->partial_inplace
4413 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4414 : addend);
4415 }
4416
4417 loc = sreloc->contents;
4418 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4419 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4420
4421 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4422
4423 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4424 not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
4425 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4426 an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
4427 if (! relocate)
4428 continue;
4429 }
4430 else if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
4431 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4432 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4433 {
4434 bfd_vma offset;
4435
4436 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4437
4438 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4439 input_section->output_section))
4440 {
4441 _bfd_error_handler
4442 /* xgettext:c-format */
4443 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4444 input_bfd,
4445 input_section,
4446 (long) rel->r_offset,
4447 symname);
4448 return FALSE;
4449 }
4450
4451 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4452 input_section, rel->r_offset);
4453 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4454 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4455 input_section->output_section->vma
4456 + input_section->output_offset
4457 + rel->r_offset);
4458
4459 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4460 }
4461 /* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak
4462 symbols. */
4463 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4464 && h
4465 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4466 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4467 goto final_link_relocate;
4468
4469 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4470 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4471 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4472 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4473 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4474 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4475 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4476 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4477 #endif
4478 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4479 procedure linkage table. */
4480
4481 if (h == NULL
4482 || h->forced_local
4483 || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
4484 || info->symbolic
4485 || h->dynindx == -1
4486 || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4487 || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4488 goto force_got;
4489
4490 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4491 offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */
4492
4493 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4494 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4495 relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4496 + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4497 + 3) * 4);
4498
4499 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4500 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4501 #endif
4502
4503 goto final_link_relocate;
4504
4505 force_got:
4506 case R_SH_GOT32:
4507 case R_SH_GOT20:
4508 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4509 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4510 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4511 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4512 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4513 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4514 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4515 #endif
4516 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4517 offset table. */
4518
4519 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4520 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4521 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4522
4523 if (h != NULL)
4524 {
4525 bfd_boolean dyn;
4526
4527 off = h->got.offset;
4528 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4529 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4530 {
4531 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4532
4533 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4534 off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4535 }
4536 #endif
4537 BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4538
4539 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4540 if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
4541 bfd_link_pic (info),
4542 h)
4543 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
4544 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4545 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4546 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4547 {
4548 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4549 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4550 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4551 because of a version file. We must initialize
4552 this entry in the global offset table. Since the
4553 offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4554 least significant bit to record whether we have
4555 initialized it already.
4556
4557 When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4558 relocation entry to initialize the value. This
4559 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
4560 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4561 off &= ~1;
4562 else
4563 {
4564 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4565 sgot->contents + off);
4566 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4567 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4568 {
4569 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4570
4571 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4572 hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4573 }
4574 else
4575 #endif
4576 h->got.offset |= 1;
4577
4578 /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4579 symbol address, also add a fixup. */
4580 if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
4581 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4582 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4583 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4584 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4585 sgot->output_section->vma
4586 + sgot->output_offset
4587 + off);
4588 }
4589 }
4590
4591 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4592 }
4593 else
4594 {
4595 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4596 if (rel->r_addend)
4597 {
4598 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4599 && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4600 + r_symndx]
4601 != (bfd_vma) -1));
4602
4603 off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4604 + r_symndx];
4605 }
4606 else
4607 {
4608 #endif
4609 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4610 && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4611
4612 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4613 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4614 }
4615 #endif
4616
4617 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
4618 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4619 already generated the necessary reloc. */
4620 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4621 off &= ~1;
4622 else
4623 {
4624 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4625
4626 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4627 {
4628 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4629 bfd_byte *loc;
4630
4631 if (srelgot == NULL)
4632 {
4633 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj,
4634 ".rela.got");
4635 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4636 }
4637
4638 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4639 + sgot->output_offset
4640 + off);
4641 if (fdpic_p)
4642 {
4643 int dynindx
4644 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4645 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4646 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4647 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4648 }
4649 else
4650 {
4651 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4652 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4653 }
4654 loc = srelgot->contents;
4655 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4656 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4657 }
4658 else if (fdpic_p
4659 && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4660 == GOT_NORMAL))
4661 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4662 sgot->output_section->vma
4663 + sgot->output_offset
4664 + off);
4665
4666 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4667 if (rel->r_addend)
4668 local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4669 else
4670 #endif
4671 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4672 }
4673
4674 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4675 }
4676
4677 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4678 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4679 #endif
4680
4681 if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4682 {
4683 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4684 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4685 rel->r_offset);
4686 break;
4687 }
4688 else
4689 goto final_link_relocate;
4690
4691 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4692 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4693 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4694 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4695 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4696 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4697 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4698 #endif
4699 /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4700 we place at the start of the .got.plt section. This is the same
4701 as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4702 descriptors in front of it. */
4703 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4704 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4705 check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4706 relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4707 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4708
4709 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4710 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4711 #endif
4712
4713 addend = rel->r_addend;
4714
4715 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4716 {
4717 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4718 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4719 rel->r_offset);
4720 break;
4721 }
4722 else
4723 goto final_link_relocate;
4724
4725 case R_SH_GOTPC:
4726 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4727 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4728 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4729 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4730 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4731 #endif
4732 /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
4733
4734 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4735 relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4736
4737 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4738 relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4739 #endif
4740
4741 addend = rel->r_addend;
4742
4743 goto final_link_relocate;
4744
4745 case R_SH_PLT32:
4746 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4747 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4748 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4749 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4750 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4751 #endif
4752 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4753 procedure linkage table. */
4754
4755 /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4756 without using the procedure linkage table. */
4757 if (h == NULL)
4758 goto final_link_relocate;
4759
4760 /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4761 as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4762 anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4763 behavior. */
4764 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4765 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4766
4767 if (h->forced_local)
4768 goto final_link_relocate;
4769
4770 if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4771 {
4772 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
4773 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4774 using -Bsymbolic. */
4775 goto final_link_relocate;
4776 }
4777
4778 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4779 check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4780 relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4781 + splt->output_offset
4782 + h->plt.offset);
4783
4784 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4785 relocation++;
4786 #endif
4787
4788 addend = rel->r_addend;
4789
4790 goto final_link_relocate;
4791
4792 /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4793 symbol, possibly via the GOT. Initialize the GOT
4794 entry and function descriptor if necessary. */
4795 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4796 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4797 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4798 {
4799 int dynindx = -1;
4800 asection *reloc_section;
4801 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4802 int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4803
4804 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4805
4806 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4807
4808 /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4809 executable, with --export-dynamic. Do they need ld.so
4810 to allocate official descriptors? See what this code
4811 does. */
4812
4813 relocation = 0;
4814 addend = 0;
4815
4816 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4817 {
4818 reloc_section = input_section;
4819 reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4820 }
4821 else
4822 {
4823 reloc_section = sgot;
4824
4825 if (h != NULL)
4826 reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4827 else
4828 {
4829 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4830 reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4831 }
4832 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4833
4834 if (reloc_offset & 1)
4835 {
4836 reloc_offset &= ~1;
4837 goto funcdesc_done_got;
4838 }
4839 }
4840
4841 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4842 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4843 || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4844 /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4845 resolved later; leave it at zero. */
4846 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4847 else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4848 && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4849 {
4850 /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4851 but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4852 protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4853 section+offset. This is an optimization; the dynamic
4854 linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4855 to our copy of the function anyway. */
4856 dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4857 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4858 relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4859 + h->root.u.def.value;
4860 }
4861 else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4862 {
4863 /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4864 symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4865 shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4866 the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4867 descriptor. */
4868 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4869 dynindx = h->dynindx;
4870 }
4871 else
4872 {
4873 bfd_vma offset;
4874
4875 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4876 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
4877 reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4878 dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4879 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4880
4881 if (h)
4882 {
4883 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4884 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4885 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4886 {
4887 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4888 offset, NULL, 0))
4889 return FALSE;
4890 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4891 }
4892 }
4893 else
4894 {
4895 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4896
4897 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4898 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4899 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4900 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4901 {
4902 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4903 offset, sec,
4904 sym->st_value))
4905 return FALSE;
4906 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4907 }
4908 }
4909
4910 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4911 }
4912
4913 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4914 {
4915 bfd_vma offset;
4916
4917 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4918 reloc_section->output_section))
4919 {
4920 _bfd_error_handler
4921 /* xgettext:c-format */
4922 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4923 input_bfd,
4924 input_section,
4925 (long) rel->r_offset,
4926 symname);
4927 return FALSE;
4928 }
4929
4930 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4931 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4932
4933 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4934 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4935 offset
4936 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4937 + reloc_section->output_offset);
4938 }
4939 else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
4940 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
4941 {
4942 bfd_vma offset;
4943
4944 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4945 reloc_section->output_section))
4946 {
4947 info->callbacks->warning
4948 (info,
4949 _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
4950 symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4951 return FALSE;
4952 }
4953
4954 if (srelgot == NULL)
4955 {
4956 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
4957 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4958 }
4959
4960 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4961 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4962
4963 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4964 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
4965 offset
4966 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4967 + reloc_section->output_offset,
4968 reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
4969
4970 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4971 {
4972 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4973 break;
4974 }
4975 else
4976 {
4977 relocation = 0;
4978 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4979 }
4980 }
4981
4982 if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4983 relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
4984 funcdesc_leave_zero:
4985 if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4986 {
4987 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4988 reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
4989 if (h != NULL)
4990 h->got.offset |= 1;
4991 else
4992 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4993
4994 funcdesc_done_got:
4995
4996 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
4997 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4998 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4999 #endif
5000 }
5001 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
5002 {
5003 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5004 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5005 rel->r_offset);
5006 break;
5007 }
5008 else
5009 goto final_link_relocate;
5010 }
5011 break;
5012
5013 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5014 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5015 /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
5016 executable and --export-dynamic. If such symbols get
5017 ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
5018 for them. */
5019 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5020
5021 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5022 relocation = 0;
5023 addend = rel->r_addend;
5024
5025 if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5026 || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
5027 {
5028 _bfd_error_handler
5029 /* xgettext:c-format */
5030 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
5031 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
5032 h->root.root.string);
5033 return FALSE;
5034 }
5035 else
5036 {
5037 bfd_vma offset;
5038
5039 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5040 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
5041 if (h)
5042 {
5043 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5044 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5045 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5046 {
5047 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5048 offset, NULL, 0))
5049 return FALSE;
5050 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5051 }
5052 }
5053 else
5054 {
5055 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5056
5057 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5058 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5059 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5060 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5061 {
5062 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5063 offset, sec,
5064 sym->st_value))
5065 return FALSE;
5066 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5067 }
5068 }
5069
5070 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5071 }
5072
5073 relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5074 + sgotplt->output_offset);
5075 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5076 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5077 #endif
5078
5079 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5080 {
5081 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5082 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5083 rel->r_offset);
5084 break;
5085 }
5086 else
5087 goto final_link_relocate;
5088
5089 case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5090 {
5091 static bfd_vma start, end;
5092
5093 start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5094 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5095 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5096 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5097 break;
5098
5099 case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5100 end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5101 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5102 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5103 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5104 break;
5105 }
5106
5107 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5108 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5109 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5110 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5111 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5112 got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5113 if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5114 got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5115 else if (h != NULL)
5116 {
5117 got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5118 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5119 && (h->dynindx == -1
5120 || h->def_regular))
5121 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5122 }
5123
5124 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5125 r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5126
5127 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5128 {
5129 bfd_vma offset;
5130 unsigned short insn;
5131
5132 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5133 {
5134 /* GD->LE transition:
5135 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5136 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5137 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5138 We change it into:
5139 mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5140 nop; nop; ...
5141 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */
5142
5143 offset = rel->r_offset;
5144 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5145 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5146 offset -= 16;
5147 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5148 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5149 {
5150 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5151 offset -= 2;
5152 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5153 }
5154
5155 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5156 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5157 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5158 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5159 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5160 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5161 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5162 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5163 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5164 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5165 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5166
5167 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5168 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5169 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5170 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5171 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5172 }
5173 else
5174 {
5175 int target;
5176
5177 /* IE->LE transition:
5178 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5179 bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5180 We change it into:
5181 mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5182 1: x@TPOFF; 2:. */
5183
5184 offset = rel->r_offset;
5185 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5186 /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */
5187 offset -= 10;
5188 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5189 if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5190 {
5191 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5192 offset -= 2;
5193 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5194 }
5195
5196 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5197 target = insn & 0x00ff;
5198 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5199 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5200 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5201 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5202 insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5203 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5204 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5205 }
5206
5207 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5208 contents + rel->r_offset);
5209 continue;
5210 }
5211
5212 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5213 abort ();
5214
5215 if (h != NULL)
5216 off = h->got.offset;
5217 else
5218 {
5219 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5220 abort ();
5221
5222 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5223 }
5224
5225 /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */
5226 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5227 && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5228 {
5229 off &= ~1;
5230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5231 sgot->contents + off);
5232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5233 contents + rel->r_offset);
5234 continue;
5235 }
5236
5237 if ((off & 1) != 0)
5238 off &= ~1;
5239 else
5240 {
5241 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5242 bfd_byte *loc;
5243 int dr_type, indx;
5244
5245 if (srelgot == NULL)
5246 {
5247 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5248 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5249 }
5250
5251 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5252 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5253
5254 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5255 indx = 0;
5256 else
5257 indx = h->dynindx;
5258
5259 dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5260 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5261 if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5262 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5263 else
5264 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5265 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5266 loc = srelgot->contents;
5267 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5268 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5269
5270 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5271 {
5272 if (indx == 0)
5273 {
5274 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5275 relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5276 sgot->contents + off + 4);
5277 }
5278 else
5279 {
5280 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5281 R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5282 outrel.r_offset += 4;
5283 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5284 srelgot->reloc_count++;
5285 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5286 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5287 }
5288 }
5289
5290 if (h != NULL)
5291 h->got.offset |= 1;
5292 else
5293 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5294 }
5295
5296 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5297 abort ();
5298
5299 if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5300 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5301 else
5302 {
5303 bfd_vma offset;
5304 unsigned short insn;
5305
5306 /* GD->IE transition:
5307 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5308 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5309 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5310 We change it into:
5311 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5312 nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5313 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */
5314
5315 offset = rel->r_offset;
5316 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5317 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5318 offset -= 16;
5319 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5320 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5321 {
5322 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5323 offset -= 2;
5324 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5325 }
5326
5327 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5328
5329 /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */
5330 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5331
5332 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5333 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5334 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5335 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5336 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5337 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5338 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5339 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5340 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5341 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5342
5343 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5344 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5345 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5346 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5347 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5348
5349 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5350 contents + rel->r_offset);
5351
5352 continue;
5353 }
5354
5355 addend = rel->r_addend;
5356
5357 goto final_link_relocate;
5358
5359 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5360 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5361 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5362 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
5363 {
5364 bfd_vma offset;
5365 unsigned short insn;
5366
5367 /* LD->LE transition:
5368 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5369 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5370 1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5371 We change it into:
5372 stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5373 nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */
5374
5375 offset = rel->r_offset;
5376 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5377 /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5378 offset -= 16;
5379 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5380 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5381 {
5382 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5383 offset -= 2;
5384 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5385 }
5386
5387 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5388 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5389 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5390 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5391 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5392 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5393 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5394 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5395 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5396 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5397 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5398
5399 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5400 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5401 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5402 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5403 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5404 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5405
5406 continue;
5407 }
5408
5409 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5410 abort ();
5411
5412 off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5413 if (off & 1)
5414 off &= ~1;
5415 else
5416 {
5417 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5418 bfd_byte *loc;
5419
5420 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
5421 if (srelgot == NULL)
5422 abort ();
5423
5424 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5425 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5426 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5427 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5428 loc = srelgot->contents;
5429 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5430 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5431 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5432 }
5433
5434 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5435 addend = rel->r_addend;
5436
5437 goto final_link_relocate;
5438
5439 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5440 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5441 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
5442 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5443 else
5444 relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5445
5446 addend = rel->r_addend;
5447 goto final_link_relocate;
5448
5449 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5450 {
5451 int indx;
5452 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5453 bfd_byte *loc;
5454
5455 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5456
5457 if (!bfd_link_dll (info))
5458 {
5459 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5460 addend = rel->r_addend;
5461 goto final_link_relocate;
5462 }
5463
5464 if (sreloc == NULL)
5465 {
5466 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5467 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5468 if (sreloc == NULL)
5469 return FALSE;
5470 }
5471
5472 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5473 indx = 0;
5474 else
5475 indx = h->dynindx;
5476
5477 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5478 + input_section->output_offset
5479 + rel->r_offset);
5480 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5481 if (indx == 0)
5482 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5483 else
5484 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5485
5486 loc = sreloc->contents;
5487 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5488 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5489 continue;
5490 }
5491 }
5492
5493 relocation_done:
5494 if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5495 && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5496 {
5497 /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols. */
5498 if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5499 {
5500 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5501 {
5502 info->callbacks->einfo
5503 /* xgettext:c-format */
5504 (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5505 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5506 return FALSE;
5507 }
5508 else
5509 info->callbacks->einfo
5510 /* xgettext:c-format */
5511 (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5512 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5513 }
5514
5515 elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
5516 }
5517
5518 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5519 {
5520 switch (r)
5521 {
5522 default:
5523 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5524 abort ();
5525 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5526 {
5527 const char *name;
5528
5529 if (h != NULL)
5530 name = NULL;
5531 else
5532 {
5533 name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5534 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5535 if (name == NULL)
5536 return FALSE;
5537 if (*name == '\0')
5538 name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5539 }
5540 (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5541 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5542 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
5543 }
5544 break;
5545 }
5546 }
5547 }
5548
5549 return TRUE;
5550 }
5551
5552 /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5553 which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */
5554
5555 static bfd_byte *
5556 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5557 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5558 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5559 bfd_byte *data,
5560 bfd_boolean relocatable,
5561 asymbol **symbols)
5562 {
5563 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5564 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5565 bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5566 asection **sections = NULL;
5567 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5568 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5569
5570 /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5571 particular set of section contents, specially. */
5572 if (relocatable
5573 || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5574 return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5575 link_order, data,
5576 relocatable,
5577 symbols);
5578
5579 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5580
5581 memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5582 (size_t) input_section->size);
5583
5584 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5585 && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5586 {
5587 asection **secpp;
5588 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5589 bfd_size_type amt;
5590
5591 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5592 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5593 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5594 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5595 goto error_return;
5596
5597 if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5598 {
5599 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5600 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5601 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5602 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5603 NULL, NULL, NULL);
5604 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5605 goto error_return;
5606 }
5607
5608 amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5609 amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5610 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5611 if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5612 goto error_return;
5613
5614 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5615 for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5616 {
5617 asection *isec;
5618
5619 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5620 isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5621 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5622 isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5623 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5624 isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5625 else
5626 isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5627
5628 *secpp = isec;
5629 }
5630
5631 if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5632 input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5633 isymbuf, sections))
5634 goto error_return;
5635
5636 if (sections != NULL)
5637 free (sections);
5638 if (isymbuf != NULL
5639 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5640 free (isymbuf);
5641 if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5642 free (internal_relocs);
5643 }
5644
5645 return data;
5646
5647 error_return:
5648 if (sections != NULL)
5649 free (sections);
5650 if (isymbuf != NULL
5651 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5652 free (isymbuf);
5653 if (internal_relocs != NULL
5654 && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5655 free (internal_relocs);
5656 return NULL;
5657 }
5658
5659 /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5660 when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5661 This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
5662
5663 static bfd_vma
5664 dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5665 {
5666 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5667 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5668 return 0;
5669 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5670 }
5671
5672 /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */
5673
5674 static bfd_vma
5675 tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5676 {
5677 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5678 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5679 return 0;
5680 /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5681 structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
5682 return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5683 + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5684 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5685 }
5686
5687 static asection *
5688 sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5689 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5690 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5691 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5692 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5693 {
5694 if (h != NULL)
5695 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5696 {
5697 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5698 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5699 return NULL;
5700 }
5701
5702 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5703 }
5704
5705 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
5706
5707 static void
5708 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5709 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5710 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5711 {
5712 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5713
5714 edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5715 eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5716
5717 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5718 {
5719 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5720 {
5721 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5722 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5723
5724 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
5725 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
5726 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5727 {
5728 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
5729
5730 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
5731 if (q->sec == p->sec)
5732 {
5733 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
5734 q->count += p->count;
5735 *pp = p->next;
5736 break;
5737 }
5738 if (q == NULL)
5739 pp = &p->next;
5740 }
5741 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
5742 }
5743
5744 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
5745 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5746 }
5747 edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
5748 eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
5749 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5750 edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
5751 eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
5752 #endif
5753 edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
5754 eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
5755 edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
5756 eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
5757
5758 if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5759 && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
5760 {
5761 edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
5762 eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5763 }
5764
5765 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
5766 && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
5767 {
5768 /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
5769 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
5770 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
5771 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
5772 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
5773 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
5774 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
5775 }
5776 else
5777 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
5778 }
5779
5780 static int
5781 sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
5782 int is_local)
5783 {
5784 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5785 return r_type;
5786
5787 switch (r_type)
5788 {
5789 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5790 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5791 if (is_local)
5792 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5793 return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5794 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5795 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5796 }
5797
5798 return r_type;
5799 }
5800
5801 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
5802 Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
5803 virtual table relocs for gc. */
5804
5805 static bfd_boolean
5806 sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
5807 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5808 {
5809 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5810 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5811 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
5812 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5813 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
5814 asection *sreloc;
5815 unsigned int r_type;
5816 enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
5817
5818 sreloc = NULL;
5819
5820 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
5821 return TRUE;
5822
5823 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
5824
5825 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5826 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5827
5828 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
5829 if (htab == NULL)
5830 return FALSE;
5831
5832 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5833 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
5834 {
5835 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5836 unsigned long r_symndx;
5837 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5838 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5839 #endif
5840
5841 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5842 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5843
5844 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5845 h = NULL;
5846 else
5847 {
5848 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5849 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5850 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5851 {
5852 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5853 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5854 #endif
5855 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5856 }
5857
5858 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the same
5859 object. */
5860 h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
5861 }
5862
5863 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5864 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5865 && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5866 && h != NULL
5867 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
5868 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5869 && (h->dynindx == -1
5870 || h->def_regular))
5871 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5872
5873 if (htab->fdpic_p)
5874 switch (r_type)
5875 {
5876 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5877 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5878 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5879 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5880 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5881 if (h != NULL)
5882 {
5883 if (h->dynindx == -1)
5884 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
5885 {
5886 case STV_INTERNAL:
5887 case STV_HIDDEN:
5888 break;
5889 default:
5890 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5891 break;
5892 }
5893 }
5894 break;
5895 }
5896
5897 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5898 if (htab->sgot == NULL)
5899 {
5900 switch (r_type)
5901 {
5902 case R_SH_DIR32:
5903 /* This may require an rofixup. */
5904 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
5905 break;
5906 /* Fall through. */
5907 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5908 case R_SH_GOT32:
5909 case R_SH_GOT20:
5910 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5911 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5912 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5913 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5914 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5915 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5916 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5917 case R_SH_GOTPC:
5918 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5919 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5920 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5921 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5922 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5923 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5924 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5925 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5926 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5927 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5928 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5929 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5930 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5931 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5932 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5933 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5934 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5935 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5936 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5937 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5938 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5939 #endif
5940 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5941 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5942 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5943 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
5944 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
5945 if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
5946 return FALSE;
5947 break;
5948
5949 default:
5950 break;
5951 }
5952 }
5953
5954 switch (r_type)
5955 {
5956 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5957 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5958 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5959 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5960 return FALSE;
5961 break;
5962
5963 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5964 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5965 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5966 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
5967 if (h != NULL
5968 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
5969 return FALSE;
5970 break;
5971
5972 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5973 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5974 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
5975
5976 /* FALLTHROUGH */
5977 force_got:
5978 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5979 case R_SH_GOT32:
5980 case R_SH_GOT20:
5981 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5982 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5983 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5984 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5985 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5986 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5987 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5988 #endif
5989 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5990 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5991 switch (r_type)
5992 {
5993 default:
5994 got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
5995 break;
5996 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5997 got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
5998 break;
5999 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6000 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6001 break;
6002 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6003 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6004 got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
6005 break;
6006 }
6007
6008 if (h != NULL)
6009 {
6010 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6011 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
6012 {
6013 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
6014 = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6015
6016 eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
6017 }
6018 else
6019 #endif
6020 h->got.refcount += 1;
6021 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6022 }
6023 else
6024 {
6025 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6026
6027 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
6028 symbol. */
6029 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6030 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6031 {
6032 bfd_size_type size;
6033
6034 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6035 size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6036 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6037 /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6038 codelabel local GOT offsets. */
6039 size *= 2;
6040 #endif
6041 size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6042 local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6043 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6044 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6045 return FALSE;
6046 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6047 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6048 /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6049 GOT offsets. */
6050 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6051 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6052 #else
6053 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6054 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6055 #endif
6056 }
6057 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6058 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6059 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6060 else
6061 #endif
6062 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6063 old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6064 }
6065
6066 /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6067 there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
6068 if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6069 && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6070 {
6071 if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6072 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6073 else
6074 {
6075 if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6076 && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6077 _bfd_error_handler
6078 /* xgettext:c-format */
6079 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6080 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6081 else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6082 || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6083 _bfd_error_handler
6084 /* xgettext:c-format */
6085 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6086 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6087 else
6088 _bfd_error_handler
6089 /* xgettext:c-format */
6090 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6091 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6092 return FALSE;
6093 }
6094 }
6095
6096 if (old_got_type != got_type)
6097 {
6098 if (h != NULL)
6099 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6100 else
6101 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6102 }
6103
6104 break;
6105
6106 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6107 sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6108 break;
6109
6110 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6111 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6112 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6113 if (rel->r_addend)
6114 {
6115 _bfd_error_handler
6116 (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6117 abfd);
6118 return FALSE;
6119 }
6120
6121 if (h == NULL)
6122 {
6123 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6124
6125 /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol. */
6126 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6127 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6128 {
6129 bfd_size_type size;
6130
6131 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6132 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6133 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
6134 size *= 2;
6135 #endif
6136 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6137 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6138 return FALSE;
6139 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6140 }
6141 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6142
6143 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6144 {
6145 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
6146 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6147 else
6148 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6149 }
6150 }
6151 else
6152 {
6153 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6154 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6155 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6156
6157 /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6158 there should not be any non-FDPIC references. */
6159 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6160 if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6161 {
6162 if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6163 _bfd_error_handler
6164 /* xgettext:c-format */
6165 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6166 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6167 else
6168 _bfd_error_handler
6169 /* xgettext:c-format */
6170 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6171 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6172 }
6173 }
6174 break;
6175
6176 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6177 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6178 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6179 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6180 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6181 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6182 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6183 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6184 #endif
6185 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6186 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6187
6188 if (h == NULL
6189 || h->forced_local
6190 || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
6191 || info->symbolic
6192 || h->dynindx == -1)
6193 goto force_got;
6194
6195 h->needs_plt = 1;
6196 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6197 ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6198
6199 break;
6200
6201 case R_SH_PLT32:
6202 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6203 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6204 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6205 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6206 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6207 #endif
6208 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
6209 actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6210 because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6211 never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6212 don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6213 after all. */
6214
6215 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6216 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6217 if (h == NULL)
6218 continue;
6219
6220 if (h->forced_local)
6221 break;
6222
6223 h->needs_plt = 1;
6224 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6225 break;
6226
6227 case R_SH_DIR32:
6228 case R_SH_REL32:
6229 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6230 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6231 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6232 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6233 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6234 #endif
6235 if (h != NULL && ! bfd_link_pic (info))
6236 {
6237 h->non_got_ref = 1;
6238 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6239 }
6240
6241 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6242 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6243 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6244 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
6245 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6246 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6247 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
6248 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6249 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6250 later (it is never cleared). We account for that
6251 possibility below by storing information in the
6252 dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6253 situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6254 visibility changes render the symbol local.
6255
6256 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6257 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6258 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6259 symbol. */
6260 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
6261 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6262 && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6263 || (h != NULL
6264 && (! info->symbolic
6265 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6266 || !h->def_regular))))
6267 || (! bfd_link_pic (info)
6268 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6269 && h != NULL
6270 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6271 || !h->def_regular)))
6272 {
6273 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6274 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6275
6276 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6277 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6278
6279 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6280 reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
6281 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
6282 if (sreloc == NULL)
6283 {
6284 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6285 (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6286
6287 if (sreloc == NULL)
6288 return FALSE;
6289 }
6290
6291 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6292 relocations we need for this symbol. */
6293 if (h != NULL)
6294 head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6295 else
6296 {
6297 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
6298 asection *s;
6299 void *vpp;
6300 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6301
6302 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6303 abfd, r_symndx);
6304 if (isym == NULL)
6305 return FALSE;
6306
6307 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6308 if (s == NULL)
6309 s = sec;
6310
6311 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6312 head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6313 }
6314
6315 p = *head;
6316 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6317 {
6318 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6319 p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6320 if (p == NULL)
6321 return FALSE;
6322 p->next = *head;
6323 *head = p;
6324 p->sec = sec;
6325 p->count = 0;
6326 p->pc_count = 0;
6327 }
6328
6329 p->count += 1;
6330 if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6331 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6332 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6333 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6334 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6335 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6336 #endif
6337 )
6338 p->pc_count += 1;
6339 }
6340
6341 /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6342 If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6343 fixup. */
6344 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
6345 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6346 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6347 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6348 break;
6349
6350 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6351 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
6352 {
6353 _bfd_error_handler
6354 (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6355 abfd);
6356 return FALSE;
6357 }
6358
6359 break;
6360
6361 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6362 /* Nothing to do. */
6363 break;
6364
6365 default:
6366 break;
6367 }
6368 }
6369
6370 return TRUE;
6371 }
6372
6373 #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6374 static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6375
6376 static bfd_boolean
6377 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6378 {
6379 flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6380
6381 if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6382 return FALSE;
6383
6384 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6385 return FALSE;
6386
6387 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6388
6389 return TRUE;
6390 }
6391
6392
6393 /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6394 Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6395 return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6396 Return -1 if no match is found. */
6397
6398 int
6399 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6400 {
6401 int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6402
6403 for (; i>0; i--)
6404 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6405 return i;
6406
6407 /* shouldn't get here */
6408 BFD_FAIL();
6409
6410 return -1;
6411 }
6412 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6413
6414 #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6415 /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6416
6417 static bfd_boolean
6418 sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6419 {
6420 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6421 return TRUE;
6422
6423 if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6424 return FALSE;
6425
6426 return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6427 }
6428 #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6429
6430 #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6431
6432 /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6433 corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */
6434
6435 int
6436 sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6437 {
6438 extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6439 unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6440
6441 return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6442 }
6443
6444 /* Merge the architecture type of two BFD files, such that the
6445 resultant architecture supports all the features required
6446 by the two input BFDs.
6447 If the input BFDs are multually incompatible - i.e. one uses
6448 DSP while the other uses FPU - or there is no known architecture
6449 that fits the requirements then an error is emitted. */
6450
6451 static bfd_boolean
6452 sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
6453 {
6454 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
6455 unsigned int old_arch, new_arch, merged_arch;
6456
6457 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
6458 return FALSE;
6459
6460 old_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6461 new_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
6462
6463 merged_arch = SH_MERGE_ARCH_SET (old_arch, new_arch);
6464
6465 if (!SH_VALID_CO_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
6466 {
6467 _bfd_error_handler
6468 /* xgettext:c-format */
6469 (_("%B: uses %s instructions while previous modules "
6470 "use %s instructions"),
6471 ibfd,
6472 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "dsp" : "floating point",
6473 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "floating point" : "dsp");
6474 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6475 return FALSE;
6476 }
6477 else if (!SH_VALID_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
6478 {
6479 _bfd_error_handler
6480 /* xgettext:c-format */
6481 (_("internal error: merge of architecture '%s' with "
6482 "architecture '%s' produced unknown architecture"),
6483 bfd_printable_name (obfd),
6484 bfd_printable_name (ibfd));
6485 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6486 return FALSE;
6487 }
6488
6489 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_sh,
6490 sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (merged_arch));
6491
6492 return TRUE;
6493 }
6494
6495 /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6496 calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */
6497
6498 static bfd_boolean
6499 sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
6500 {
6501 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
6502
6503 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6504 return TRUE;
6505
6506 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6507 {
6508 /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */
6509 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6510 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6511 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6512 if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6513 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
6514 }
6515
6516 if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, info))
6517 {
6518 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6519 "with instructions used in previous modules"),
6520 ibfd);
6521 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6522 return FALSE;
6523 }
6524
6525 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6526 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6527 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6528
6529 if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6530 {
6531 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects"),
6532 ibfd);
6533 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6534 return FALSE;
6535 }
6536
6537 return TRUE;
6538 }
6539 #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6540
6541 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6542 as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags
6543 here. */
6544
6545 static bfd_boolean
6546 sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6547 {
6548 if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6549 return FALSE;
6550
6551 return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6552 == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6553 }
6554
6555 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6556 dynamic sections here. */
6557
6558 static bfd_boolean
6559 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6560 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6561 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6562 {
6563 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6564
6565 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6566 if (htab == NULL)
6567 return FALSE;
6568
6569 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6570 {
6571 asection *splt;
6572 asection *sgotplt;
6573 asection *srelplt;
6574
6575 bfd_vma plt_index;
6576 bfd_vma got_offset;
6577 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6578 bfd_byte *loc;
6579 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6580
6581 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
6582 it up. */
6583
6584 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6585
6586 splt = htab->splt;
6587 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6588 srelplt = htab->srelplt;
6589 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6590
6591 /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6592 corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
6593 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
6594 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
6595 plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6596
6597 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6598 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6599 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6600
6601 /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6602 corresponds to this function. */
6603 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6604 /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6605 before the end of .got.plt. Each descriptor is eight
6606 bytes. */
6607 got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6608 else
6609 /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes. The first three are
6610 reserved. */
6611 got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6612
6613 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6614 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6615 got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6616 #endif
6617
6618 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6619 memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6620 plt_info->symbol_entry,
6621 plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6622
6623 if (bfd_link_pic (info) || htab->fdpic_p)
6624 {
6625 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6626 {
6627 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6628 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6629 splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6630 h->plt.offset
6631 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6632 BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6633 }
6634 else
6635 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6636 (splt->contents
6637 + h->plt.offset
6638 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6639 }
6640 else
6641 {
6642 BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6643
6644 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6645 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6646 + sgotplt->output_offset
6647 + got_offset),
6648 (splt->contents
6649 + h->plt.offset
6650 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6651 if (htab->vxworks_p)
6652 {
6653 unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6654 int distance;
6655
6656 /* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains
6657 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6658 PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can
6659 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6660 to the last element of the previous group. */
6661 /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6662 the common resolver stub. */
6663 reachable_plts = ((4096
6664 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6665 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6666 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6667 plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6668 if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6669 distance = -(h->plt.offset
6670 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6671 else
6672 distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6673 * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6674
6675 /* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */
6676 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6677 0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6678 (splt->contents
6679 + h->plt.offset
6680 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6681 }
6682 else
6683 install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6684 splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6685 (splt->contents
6686 + h->plt.offset
6687 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6688 }
6689
6690 /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt. */
6691 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6692 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6693 got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6694 #endif
6695 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6696 got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6697
6698 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6699 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6700 plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6701 (splt->contents
6702 + h->plt.offset
6703 + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6704
6705 /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
6706 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6707 (splt->output_section->vma
6708 + splt->output_offset
6709 + h->plt.offset
6710 + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6711 sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6712 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6713 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6714 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
6715 htab->splt->output_section),
6716 sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6717
6718 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
6719 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6720 + sgotplt->output_offset
6721 + got_offset);
6722 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6723 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6724 else
6725 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6726 rel.r_addend = 0;
6727 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6728 rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6729 #endif
6730 loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6731 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6732
6733 if (htab->vxworks_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
6734 {
6735 /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
6736 Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */
6737 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
6738 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
6739
6740 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
6741 for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */
6742 rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
6743 + htab->splt->output_offset
6744 + h->plt.offset
6745 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6746 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6747 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
6748 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6749 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6750
6751 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
6752 the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */
6753 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6754 + sgotplt->output_offset
6755 + got_offset);
6756 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6757 rel.r_addend = 0;
6758 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6759 }
6760
6761 if (!h->def_regular)
6762 {
6763 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
6764 the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
6765 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6766 }
6767 }
6768
6769 if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
6770 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
6771 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
6772 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
6773 {
6774 asection *sgot;
6775 asection *srelgot;
6776 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6777 bfd_byte *loc;
6778
6779 /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
6780 up. */
6781
6782 sgot = htab->sgot;
6783 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
6784 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6785
6786 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6787 + sgot->output_offset
6788 + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6789
6790 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6791 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6792 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6793 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6794 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
6795 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
6796 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6797 {
6798 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6799 {
6800 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6801 int dynindx
6802 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6803
6804 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
6805 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6806 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6807 }
6808 else
6809 {
6810 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
6811 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6812 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6813 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6814 }
6815 }
6816 else
6817 {
6818 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
6819 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
6820 rel.r_addend = 0;
6821 }
6822
6823 loc = srelgot->contents;
6824 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6825 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6826 }
6827
6828 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6829 {
6830 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
6831
6832 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6833 if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6834 {
6835 asection *sgot;
6836 asection *srelgot;
6837 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6838 bfd_byte *loc;
6839
6840 /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
6841 Set it up. */
6842
6843 sgot = htab->sgot;
6844 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
6845 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6846
6847 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6848 + sgot->output_offset
6849 + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6850
6851 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6852 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6853 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6854 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6855 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
6856 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
6857 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6858 {
6859 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6860 {
6861 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6862 int dynindx
6863 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6864
6865 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
6866 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6867 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6868 }
6869 else
6870 {
6871 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
6872 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6873 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6874 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6875 }
6876 }
6877 else
6878 {
6879 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
6880 + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
6881 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
6882 rel.r_addend = 0;
6883 }
6884
6885 loc = srelgot->contents;
6886 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6887 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6888 }
6889 }
6890 #endif
6891
6892 if (h->needs_copy)
6893 {
6894 asection *s;
6895 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6896 bfd_byte *loc;
6897
6898 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
6899
6900 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
6901 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6902 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
6903
6904 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
6905 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6906
6907 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
6908 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6909 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6910 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
6911 rel.r_addend = 0;
6912 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6913 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6914 }
6915
6916 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
6917 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
6918 ".got" section. */
6919 if (h == htab->root.hdynamic
6920 || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
6921 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6922
6923 return TRUE;
6924 }
6925
6926 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6927
6928 static bfd_boolean
6929 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
6930 {
6931 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6932 asection *sgotplt;
6933 asection *sdyn;
6934
6935 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6936 if (htab == NULL)
6937 return FALSE;
6938
6939 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6940 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
6941
6942 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
6943 {
6944 asection *splt;
6945 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
6946
6947 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
6948
6949 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
6950 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
6951 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
6952 {
6953 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
6954 asection *s;
6955 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6956 const char *name;
6957 #endif
6958
6959 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
6960
6961 switch (dyn.d_tag)
6962 {
6963 default:
6964 if (htab->vxworks_p
6965 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
6966 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6967 break;
6968
6969 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6970 case DT_INIT:
6971 name = info->init_function;
6972 goto get_sym;
6973
6974 case DT_FINI:
6975 name = info->fini_function;
6976 get_sym:
6977 if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
6978 {
6979 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6980
6981 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
6982 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6983 if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
6984 {
6985 dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
6986 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6987 }
6988 }
6989 break;
6990 #endif
6991
6992 case DT_PLTGOT:
6993 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
6994 s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
6995 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
6996 + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6997 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6998 break;
6999
7000 case DT_JMPREL:
7001 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7002 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7003 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
7004 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7005 break;
7006
7007 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
7008 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7009 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7010 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
7011 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7012 break;
7013
7014 case DT_RELASZ:
7015 /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
7016 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
7017 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA). This is
7018 what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle
7019 that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
7020 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since
7021 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
7022 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
7023 about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
7024 if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
7025 {
7026 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7027 dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
7028 }
7029 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7030 break;
7031 }
7032 }
7033
7034 /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
7035 splt = htab->splt;
7036 if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7037 {
7038 unsigned int i;
7039
7040 memcpy (splt->contents,
7041 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7042 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7043 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7044 if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7045 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7046 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7047 + sgotplt->output_offset
7048 + (i * 4)),
7049 (splt->contents
7050 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7051
7052 if (htab->vxworks_p)
7053 {
7054 /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */
7055 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7056 bfd_byte *loc;
7057
7058 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7059 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
7060 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7061 rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7062 + splt->output_offset
7063 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7064 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7065 rel.r_addend = 8;
7066 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7067 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7068
7069 /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7070 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7071 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7072 output. */
7073 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7074 {
7075 /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */
7076 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7077 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7078 R_SH_DIR32);
7079 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7080 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7081
7082 /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */
7083 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7084 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7085 R_SH_DIR32);
7086 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7087 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7088 }
7089 }
7090
7091 /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7092 really seem like the right value. */
7093 elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7094 }
7095 }
7096
7097 /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
7098 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7099 {
7100 if (sdyn == NULL)
7101 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7102 else
7103 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7104 sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7105 sgotplt->contents);
7106 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7107 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7108 }
7109
7110 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7111 elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7112
7113 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
7114 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7115 {
7116 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7117 bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7118 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7119 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7120
7121 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7122
7123 /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups. */
7124 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7125 }
7126
7127 if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7128 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7129 == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7130
7131 if (htab->srelgot)
7132 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7133 == htab->srelgot->size);
7134
7135 return TRUE;
7136 }
7137
7138 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7139 sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7140 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7141 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7142 {
7143 switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7144 {
7145 case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7146 return reloc_class_relative;
7147 case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7148 return reloc_class_plt;
7149 case R_SH_COPY:
7150 return reloc_class_copy;
7151 default:
7152 return reloc_class_normal;
7153 }
7154 }
7155
7156 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7157 /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */
7158
7159 static bfd_boolean
7160 elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7161 {
7162 int offset;
7163 unsigned int size;
7164
7165 switch (note->descsz)
7166 {
7167 default:
7168 return FALSE;
7169
7170 case 168: /* Linux/SH */
7171 /* pr_cursig */
7172 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7173
7174 /* pr_pid */
7175 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7176
7177 /* pr_reg */
7178 offset = 72;
7179 size = 92;
7180
7181 break;
7182 }
7183
7184 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7185 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7186 size, note->descpos + offset);
7187 }
7188
7189 static bfd_boolean
7190 elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7191 {
7192 switch (note->descsz)
7193 {
7194 default:
7195 return FALSE;
7196
7197 case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7198 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
7199 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7200 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
7201 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7202 }
7203
7204 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7205 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7206 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7207
7208 {
7209 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
7210 int n = strlen (command);
7211
7212 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7213 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7214 }
7215
7216 return TRUE;
7217 }
7218 #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7219
7220
7221 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7222 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
7223
7224 static bfd_vma
7225 sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7226 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7227 {
7228 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7229
7230 plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7231 return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7232 }
7233
7234 /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7235 shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section. */
7236
7237 static bfd_boolean
7238 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7239 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7240 asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7241 {
7242 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7243
7244 /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general. */
7245 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7246 return FALSE;
7247
7248 return TRUE;
7249 }
7250
7251 /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output. */
7252
7253 static bfd_byte
7254 sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7255 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7256 asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7257 asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7258 bfd_vma *encoded)
7259 {
7260 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7261 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7262
7263 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7264 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7265 loc_offset, encoded);
7266
7267 h = htab->root.hgot;
7268 BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7269
7270 if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7271 == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7272 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7273 loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7274
7275 BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7276 == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7277 (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7278
7279 *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7280 - (h->root.u.def.value
7281 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7282 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7283
7284 return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7285 }
7286
7287 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7288 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vec
7289 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh"
7290 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_le_vec
7291 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl"
7292 #endif
7293
7294 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
7295 #define ELF_TARGET_ID SH_ELF_DATA
7296 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH
7297 #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7298 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7299 #else
7300 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80
7301 #endif
7302
7303 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7304
7305 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7306 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7307 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7308 #define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto
7309 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
7310 #define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section
7311 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7312 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7313 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject
7314 #define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p
7315 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7316 sh_elf_copy_private_data
7317 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7318 sh_elf_merge_private_data
7319
7320 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7321 #define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs
7322 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7323 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7324 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7325 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7326 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7327 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7328 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7329 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7330 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7331 sh_elf_always_size_sections
7332 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7333 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7334 #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7335 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7336 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7337 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7338 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7339 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7340 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7341 #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7342 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7343 #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7344 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7345 #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7346 sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7347
7348 #define elf_backend_stack_align 8
7349 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
7350 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
7351 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
7352 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
7353 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
7354 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
7355
7356 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7357
7358 #include "elf32-target.h"
7359
7360 /* NetBSD support. */
7361 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7362 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_vec
7363 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7364 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7365 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7366 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec
7367 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7368 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7369 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7370 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
7371 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7372 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7373 #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
7374 #undef elf32_bed
7375 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7376
7377 #include "elf32-target.h"
7378
7379
7380 /* Linux support. */
7381 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7382 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_linux_be_vec
7383 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7384 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux"
7385 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7386 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_linux_vec
7387 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7388 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux"
7389 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7390 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
7391
7392 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7393 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7394 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7395 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7396 #undef elf32_bed
7397 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed
7398
7399 #include "elf32-target.h"
7400
7401
7402 /* FDPIC support. */
7403 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7404 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec
7405 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7406 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7407 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7408 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
7409 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7410 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7411
7412 #undef elf32_bed
7413 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_fd_bed
7414
7415 #include "elf32-target.h"
7416
7417 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7418
7419 /* VxWorks support. */
7420 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7421 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_vec
7422 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7423 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7424 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7425 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
7426 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7427 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7428 #undef elf32_bed
7429 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7430
7431 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7432 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
7433 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7434 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7435 #define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7436 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7437 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7438 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7439 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7440 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7441 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7442 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7443 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
7444 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7445 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
7446 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7447 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7448 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7449 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7450 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7451
7452 #include "elf32-target.h"
7453
7454 #endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
This page took 0.253083 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.